Quarterlytics / Technology / Hardware, Equipment & Parts / Data I/O

Data I/O

daio · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker daio
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Hardware, Equipment & Parts
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Data I/O
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Letter to Shareholders
2016 Annual Report on Form 10-K
Notice of 2017 Annual Meeting &
Proxy Statement

Programming the Connected Car

Selected by 8 out of the top 9 global automotive electronics manufacturers

 
April 4, 2017 

Dear Data I/O Shareholder: 

2016 was a strong year for Data I/O.  It was our fourth consecutive year of revenue growth and third 
consecutive year of profitability. The turnaround plan we introduced upon joining the company has 
resulted in great new products, a lower cost structure, increased global competitiveness, and major wins 
in target markets.  New products continue to drive market share gains and growth.  In 2016, 78% of our 
systems sales were from products we introduced in the past 3½ years. We enhanced our award winning 
PSV family of automated programming systems, and shipped the 100th unit in the third quarter.   

We continue to see strong secular growth in Automotive Electronics markets driven by new applications, 
significant code growth in existing applications, and the transition from manual to automated 
programming globally.  Automotive Electronics was our largest end market in 2016, with orders growing 
55% over 2015 and now representing 47% of sales.  In 2016, we benefited from robust growth in 
infotainment systems, Advanced Driver Assist Systems (ADAS) and general electronic subsystems in 
support of autonomous vehicles and connected car initiatives from leading automotive and technology 
companies. We are very pleased to have been selected by Bosch to be their supplier of device 
programming for car multimedia over the next 5 years. 8 of the top 9 automotive electronics original 
equipment manufacturers and the top 5 automotive programming centers use Data I/O programming 
equipment. 

Data I/O’s growth strategy also is centered on the burgeoning Internet-of-Things (“IoT”) market.  IoT is a 
broad term that addresses the interconnectivity of devices and other electronic or smart products.  Growth 
is being driven by new applications and the ‘digitization’ of existing products and applications. It is clear to 
us that security of IoT devices is of paramount concern, and simple, effective solutions to secure the 
supply chain and maintain firmware integrity over the product lifecycle are needed in today’s market. Data 
I/O recently demonstrated our SentriX™ managed and secure programming platform, and major 
partnerships with leading semiconductor companies and security industry experts.  We see 2017 as a 
market development year for our security initiatives and we intend to invest to fully capitalize on this 
global opportunity.    

In our mission to deliver long term value to shareholders, we are pleased that the Company’s success 
has resulted in total shareholder return of 153% over the past 4 years.  We remain focused on the 
continued execution of our strategic growth plan.  Please carefully review the enclosed proxy materials, 
and vote your shares on the important measures requiring your approval.  

We appreciate your continued support of Data I/O. 

Sincerely, 

Anthony Ambrose, CEO 

Alan Howe, Chairman 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(This page intentionally left blank) 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C.  20549 

(Mark One) 

FORM 10-K 

(X) 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016 

or 

(  ) 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE 
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from _____________ to _____________ 

Commission file number:                                              0-10394 

DATA I/O CORPORATION 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Washington 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation) 

91-0864123 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

6645 185th Ave NE, Suite 100, Redmond, Washington, 98052 
(425) 881-6444 
(Address, including zip code, of registrant’s principle executive offices and telephone number, including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act 

Title of each class 
Common Stock (No Par Value) 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
Nasdaq Capital Market 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act 

None 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes __  No X 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  __ No X 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing 
requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes X  No __ 
Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  and  posted  on  its  corporate  Web  site,  if  any,  every  Interactive  Data  File 
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter 
period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes _X_ No __ 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein and will 
not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-
K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. _X_ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See 
the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” ”accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 
 Large accelerated filer __  Accelerated filer __  Non-accelerated filer __  Smaller reporting company X 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  __ No X 

Aggregate market value of voting and non-voting common equity held 
by non-affiliates on the registrant as of June 30, 2016: 
$17,867,842 

Shares of Common Stock, no par value, outstanding as of March 17, 2017: 
8,048,516 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement relating to its May 18, 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated 
into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

1 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DATA I/O CORPORATION 
FORM 10-K 
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2016 

INDEX 

Part I 

Part II 

Item 1. 

Business 

Item 1A. 

Risk Factors 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 

Item 2. 

Properties 

Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings 

Item 4. 

Mine Safety Disclosures 

Item 5. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities 

Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data 

Item 7. 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Item 9A. 

Controls and Procedures 

Item 9B.  Other Information 

Part III 

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation 

Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters 

Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence 

Item 14. 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

Part IV 

Item 15. 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

Item 16. 

Form 10-K Summary 

Signatures 

2 

Page 

  3 

10 

17 

17 

18 

18 

18 

18 

19 

26 

26 

45 

45 

45 

46 

46 

46 

47 

47 

48 

52 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1.  Business 

PART I 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K and the documents incorporated herein by reference contain forward-looking statements 
based on current expectations, estimates and projections about Data I/O Corporation’s industry, management’s beliefs and 
certain assumptions made by management.  See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results 
of Operations – Forward Looking Statements.” 

General 

Data I/O Corporation (“Data I/O”, “We”, “Our”, “Us”) is a global market leader for advanced programming and associated 
intellectual  property  management  solutions  used  in  the  manufacturing  of  flash  memory,  microcontrollers,  and  flash-
memory-based intelligent  devices.  Data  I/O® designs, manufactures and sells programming systems  for electronic  device 
manufacturers, specifically targeting high  growth areas  such as high-volume users of flash  memory and microcontrollers.  
Most  electronic  products  today  incorporate  one  or  more  programmable  semiconductor  devices  that  contain  data  and 
operating instructions essential for the proper operation of the product. 

Our mission is to deliver high-value systems, software and services to the expanding programmable semiconductor market 
by  providing  a  software-rich  programming  platform  for  secure  content  delivery.    Programmable  devices  are  used  in 
products such as automobile electronics, smartphones, HDTV, tablets and gaming systems.  Our solutions, some of which 
include  intellectual  property  management,  secure  content  management  and  process  control  capabilities,  enable  us  to 
address  the  demanding  requirements  of  the  electronic  device  market,  where  applications  and  intellectual  property 
protection are essential to our customer’s success.  Our largest customers are heavy users of programmable semiconductor 
devices  and  include  original  equipment  manufacturers  (“OEMs”)  in  automotive  electronics,  consumer  electronics  and 
Internet  of  Things  (“IoT”)  and  their  programming  center  partners,  wireless  and  electronic  manufacturing  service  (“EMS”) 
contract manufacturers. 

Data I/O was incorporated in the State of Washington in 1969 and its business was founded in 1972. 

Industry Background 

We  enable  companies  to  improve  productivity,  increase  supply  chain  security  and  reduce  costs  by  providing  device 
programming solutions that allow our customers to take intellectual property (large design and data files) and protect and 
program it into memory, microcontroller and logic devices quickly and cost-effectively.  We also provide services related to 
hardware  support,  system  installation  and  repair,  and  device  programming.    Companies  that  design  and  manufacture 
products  utilizing  programmable  electronic  devices,  ranging  from  automobiles  to  cell  phones,  purchase  programming 
solutions from us.   Trends of increasing device densities,  shrinking device packages, increased demands for security, and 
customers increasing their software content file sizes, combined with the increasing numbers of intelligent devices such as 
automotive electronics and IoT applications, are driving demand for our solutions. 

Traditionally, our programming market opportunity focused on the number of semiconductor  devices to be programmed, 
but because of the rapid increase in the density of devices, and increasing demands for supply chain security, the focus has 
shifted in many cases from the number and type of devices to the number and type of bits per device to be programmed.  
With expected growth in IoT applications, the business opportunity for this market differentiates on quality, security and 
automation. 

Some of our automated programming systems integrate both data programming, and automated handling functions into a 
single  product  solution.    Moving  forward,  we  anticipate  integrating  security  provisioning  as  well.  Quality  conscious 
customers,  particularly  those  in  high-volume  manufacturing  and  programming,  continue  to  drive  this  portion  of  our 
business. 

Products 

In  order  to  accommodate  the  expanding  variety  and  quantities  of  programmable  devices  being  manufactured  today,  we 
offer multiple solutions for the numerous types of device mix and volume usage by our customers in the various market 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
segments and applications.  We work closely with leading manufacturers of programmable devices to develop our products 
to meet the requirements of a particular device.  Our newer products are positioned and recognized as some of the most 
advanced programming equipment and associated intellectual property management solutions.  

Our  PSV7000  Automated  Programming  System  has  continued  to  be  adopted  in  the  marketplace,  in  particular  for 
automotive  electronics  customers,  and  has  previously  won  the  Global  Technology  Award  at  Productronica,  the  Circuits 
Assembly NPI Award and the EM Asia Innovation Award.  Our PSV3000 Automated Programming System, developed for the 
local  Asian  automation  market,  was  introduced  in  July  2014  and  has  previously  won  the  Global  Technology  Award  for 
Device Programming at SMTA International, the EM Asia Innovation Award and the SMT China Vision Award.  Our PSV5000 
automated programming  system,  which  replaces our PS388 system with a more integrated solution at a  lower cost, was 
introduced  in  April  2015.    Our  Lumen™X  programmer  won  the  Global  Technology  Award  at  Productronica  in  November 
2015 and the Circuits Assembly NPI award in March 2016.  In 2016, approximately 78% of our capital equipment sales came 
from PSV family and LumenX which were introduced over the last 3 years. 

Our programming solutions include a broad range of products, systems, modules and accessories, grouped into two general 
categories: automated programming systems and manual programming systems.  We provide two categories of automated 
programming  systems:  off-line  and  in-line.    Our  automated  systems  have  list  selling  prices  ranging  from  $62,000  to 
$456,000  and  our  manual  systems  have  list  selling  prices  ranging  from  $9,500  to  $23,000.    Our  common  programming 
platform,  FlashCORE™,  and  our  universal  job  setup  tool,  Tasklink™  for  Windows®,  are  available  in  each  family  of  our 
automated  programming  systems  and  in  FlashPAK™,  our  manual  programming  system.    Our  newest  programming 
technology,  LumenX,  is  available  on  our  PSV7000,  PSV5000  and  as  a  standalone  manual  programmer.    In  addition,  we 
provide device support and service on all of our products.  Device support is a critical aspect of our business and consists of 
writing software algorithms for devices and developing socket adapters to hold and connect to the device for programming. 

Our  products  have  both  an  upfront  solution  sale  and  recurring  revenue  elements.    Adapters  are  a  consumable  item  and 
software and maintenance are typically recurring under annual subscription contracts. 

Sales Percentage of Total Sales Breakdown by Type 

Sales Type 
  Equipment Sales 
  Adapter Sales 
  Software and Maintenance Sales 
Total 

2016 
66% 
25% 
9% 
100% 

2015 
65% 
25% 
10% 
100% 

Drivers 
Capacity, Process improvement, Technology 
Capacity utilization, New customer products 
Installed base, Added capabilities 

The table below presents our main products and the key features that benefit our customers: 

Products 
PSV Handlers:  Off-line 
(Automated) 

RoadRunner & 
RoadRunner3 Series 
Handlers:   
In-line,  
(Automated) 

Key Features 

 
 

Fast program and verify speeds 

 
  Up to 112 programming sites 
  Up to 2000 devices per hour throughput 
 
Supports LumenX and FlashCORE III 
programmers 
Supports multiple media types 
Supports quality options – fiber laser marking, 
3D coplanarity 
ConneX Factory Integration Software & other 
Software 
Just-in-time in-line programming 

 
  Direct integration with placement machine 
supporting SIPLACE, Fuji NXT, Panasonic, 
Universal/Genesis and Assembleon 
Factory Integration Software 
Supports FlashCORE III programmers 

 
 

 

Customer Benefits 
  Managed and secure 

programming 

  High throughput for high 

density Flash programming 
  High flexibility with respect to 
I/O options (tray, tape, tube), 
marking/labeling and vision 
for coplanarity inspection 

  Dramatic reduction in 

inventory carrying and rework 
costs 
“Zero” footprint 

 
  Rapid return on investment 
(“ROI”) typically realized in a 
matter of months 
Integration with factory 
systems 

 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key Features 

Extensible architecture for fast program, verify 
and download speeds  
Large file size support 
Secure Job creation 
8 sockets with tool-less changeover with single 
socket adapters 
Scalability 

 
  Network control via Ethernet 
 
 

Stand-alone operation or PC compatible 
Parallel programming 

Customer Benefits 
  Managed and secure 

programming 
Fast setup and job changeover 

 
  Highest yield and low total 
cost of programming 

  High performance 
  Validate designs before 

moving down the firmware 
supply chain 

  Unmatched ease of use in 

manual production systems 

  Breadth of device coverage 

  Universal programmer 

Products 

LumenX Programmer 

 

 
 
 

FlashPAK III programmer:   
(Non-Automated) 

Sprint/Unifamily 
programmers:  Off-line, Low 
Volume and Engineering 
(Non-Automated) 
(Legacy Equipment) 

Customers/Markets 

We  sell  our  solutions  to  customers  worldwide,  many  of  whom  are  world-class  manufacturers  of  electronic  devices 
used in a broad range of industries, as described in the following table:   

Notable end 
customers 

Business 
drivers 

Programming 
equipment 
drivers 

Customer Types 

Automotive 
Electronics 

Delphi, Bosch, 
Alpine, Visteon, 
Kostal, Harman 
Becker, Denso, 
Continental, 
Panasonic, Magna, 
Magnetti Marelli 
Safety, navigation 
and infotainment 
devices, increased 
electronic content 
to support 
autonomous 
driving, security 
Process 
improvement and 
simplification, new 
product rollouts, 
growing file sizes, 
quality control and 
traceability, 
security 

OEMs 

IoT, Industrial, 
Consumer 
Electronics 
Square D, Siemens, 
Danfoss, Philips, 
Schneider, 
Endress+Hauser, 
Pilz, Insta, Carrier, 
Microsoft, Sony, 
Amazon, UTC 
Higher functionality 
driven by increasing 
electronic content.  
Shift from analog to 
connected 
intelligent devices, 
security 
Process 
improvement and 
simplification as 
well as new product 
rollouts, security 

Wireless 

LG, TCL, 
Blackberry, Sony, 
HTC, ZTE 

EMS 
Contract 
Manufacturers 

Pegatron, 
Flextronics, Jabil, 
Wistron, Sanmina 
SCI, Foxconn, 
Leesys, Calcomp 

Programming 
Centers 

Arrow, Avnet, 
BTV, HTV, CPS, 
EPS, Elmitech, 
Noa(Toshiba) 

Applications, 
features & 
functionality of 
converged devices, 
large memories, 
security 

Rollout of new 
products that 
incorporate higher 
functionality, more 
memory and new 
technology 

Acquisition of OEM 
factories, 
production contract 
wins 

Value-added 
services, 
logistics, 
security 

New contracts from 
OEMs, 
programming 
solutions specified 
by OEMs 

Capacity 
utilization of 
their installed 
base of 
equipment, 
small parts 
handling, 
security 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Buying criteria 

Quality, reliability, 
configuration 
control, traceability, 
security 

Quality, reliability, 
configuration 
control, 
traceability, global 
support, 
intellectual 
property 
protection 

Throughput, 
technical capability 
to support evolving 
technology, global 
support, 
intellectual 
property 
protection, robust 
algorithms, low 
cost 

Lowest equipment 
procurement cost, 
global support 

Flexibility, 
lowest life-
cycle cost-per 
programmed-
part, low 
changeover 
time; use of 
multiple 
vendors 
provides 
negotiating 
leverage, 
device support 
availability 

Our solutions address the programming of devices.   Semiconductor devices are a large, growing market, both in terms of 
devices  and  bits  programmed.    We  believe  that  our  sales  are  driven  by  many  of  the  same  forces  that  propel  the 
semiconductor  industry.    We  sell  to  the  same  firms  that  buy  the  semiconductors.    When  their  business  grows,  they  buy 
more semiconductors which, in turn, require additional programming equipment to maintain production speeds or program 
new device technologies, driving demand for our products or alternative programming methods. 

Our device programming solutions currently target two high growth, high volume markets: automotive electronics and IoT 
systems including Industrial and Consumer devices.  

We  have  derived  estimates  of  the  size  of  the  pre-programming  served  available  market  that  our  programming  systems 
address.    In  2015,  we  believed  this  market  was  expected  to  double  during  the  period  from  2015-2020  based  on  BI 
Intelligence  estimates  of  IoT  Unit  Growth  and  key  automotive  electronics  forecasts.    These  forecasts  include:  Global 
Automotive  Infotainment  Operating  System  Sales  Forecast  by  IHS  Automotive,  showing  unit  growth  doubling  over  four 
years, as well as OEM Light Vehicle ADAS (Advanced Driver Assist Systems) Spend by Strategy Analytics for spending growth 
projected  by  year  through  2021.    While  we  have  not  updated  our  market  model  this  year,  the  continued  strong  order 
demand in 2016, particularly in Automotive Electronics, is consistent with the 2015 model.  Based on these market forecasts 
and assuming sustained capital spending in our other pre-programming market sectors, we believe we are well-positioned 
for growth. 

Growth drivers for automotive electronics  
 

Consumers  desire  advanced  car  features  requiring  higher  levels  of  sophistication  including  infotainment  products 
(audio,  radio,  dashboard  displays,  navigation  and  wireless  connectivity)  as  well  as  increased  safety  features  and 
optimized engine functionality 
Increasing numbers and size of microcontrollers per vehicle 
Proliferation of programmable microcontrollers to support the next-generation electronic car systems 
Increasing use of high-density flash to provide memory for advanced applications that require programming 
Increasing complexity to support autonomous vehicles 
Increasing need for security solutions for a secure supply chain and lifecycle firmware integrity 

 
 
 
 
 

Securely controlling groups of connected devices through a secure supply chain and lifecycle firmware integrity 

Growth drivers for IoT: including industrial and consumer devices  
 
  Adding intelligence and processing into devices 
 
 

Connecting previously unconnected devices to networks and the internet (such as intelligent thermostats and lighting) 
Emergence of new devices and applications (such as wearables) 

During 2016, we sold products to over 300 customers throughout the world. The following customers represented greater 
than 10% of sales in the applicable year:  

2016 

2015 

Four  customers,  Data  Copy  Limited,  our  distributor  in  China,  Arrow,  Bosch  and  BTV,  accounted  for 
approximately  16%,  13%,  11%  and  10%  of  net  sales  respectively.    Arrow  and  BTV  are  Programming 
Centers and Bosch is an Automotive Electronics OEM. 
One customer, Data Copy Limited, our distributor in China, accounted for approximately 15% of net sales. 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2014 

One customer, Data Copy Limited, our distributor in China, accounted for approximately 12% of net sales. 

The following customers represented greater than 10% of our consolidated accounts receivable balance as of December 31 
of the applicable year:  

2016 

2015 

2014 

Three  customers  accounted  for  greater  than  10%  of  our  consolidated  accounts  receivable  balance  at 
December  31,  2016:  Bosch  and  Arrow  our  direct  customers,  and  Data  Copy  Limited,  our  distributor  in 
China, represented 30%, 16% and 14% of that balance, respectively.  
Four  customers  accounted  for  greater  than  10%  of  our  consolidated  accounts  receivable  balance  at 
December 31, 2015: Data Copy Limited, our  distributor in China, LeChamp, our distributor in south-east 
Asia,  and  Flextronics  and  Arrow,  our  direct  customers,  represented  24%,  13%,  12%  and  11%  of  that 
balance, respectively. 
No customers represented greater than 10% of our consolidated accounts receivable. 

Geographic Markets and Distribution 

We market and sell our products through a combination of direct sales, internal telesales and indirect sales representatives 
and distributors.  We continually evaluate our sales channels against our evolving markets and customers and realign them 
as  necessary  to  ensure  that  we  reach  our  existing  and  potential  customers  in  the  most  effective  and  efficient  manner 
possible. 

U.S. Sales 

We market our products throughout the U.S. using a variety of sales  channels, including our own field sales management 
personnel,  independent  sales  representatives  and  direct  telesales.    Our  U.S.  independent  sales  representatives  obtain 
orders on an agency basis, with shipments made directly to the customer by us.  Net sales in the United States for  2016, 
2015 and 2014 were (in millions) $2.9, $2.2 and $2.1, respectively.  Some of our customer’s orders delivered internationally 
are heavily influenced by U.S. sales based efforts. 

International Sales 

International sales represented approximately 88%, 90% and 90% of net sales in 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively.  We 
make  foreign  sales  through  our  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  in  Germany  and  China,  as  well  as  through  independent 
distributors  and  sales  representatives  located  in  47  other  countries.    Our  independent  foreign  distributors  purchase  our 
products  for  resale  and  we  generally  recognize  the  sale  at  the  time  of  shipment  to  the  distributor.    As  with  U.S.  sales 
representatives, sales made by international sales representatives are on an agency basis, with  sales made directly to the 
customer by us.   

Net  international  sales  for  2016,  2015,  and  2014  were  (in  millions)  $20.5,  $19.8  and  $19.8,  respectively.    We  determine 
international  sales  by  the  international  geographic  area  into  which  the  products  are  sold  and  delivered,  and  include  not 
only sales by foreign subsidiaries but also export sales from the U.S. to our foreign distributors and to our representatives’ 
customers.    International  sales  do  not  include  transfers  between  Data  I/O  and  our  foreign  subsidiaries.    Export  sales  are 
subject to U.S. Department of Commerce regulations.  We have not, however, experienced difficulties to date as a result of 
these  requirements.    We  have  not  made  sales  to  Iran  or  any  Iranian  governmental  entities  or  any  other  blacklisted 
companies or countries. 

Fluctuating exchange rates and other factors beyond our control, such as international monetary stability, tariff and trade 
policies  and  U.S.  and  foreign  tax  and  economic  policies,  may  affect  the  level  and  profitability  of  international  sales.    We 
cannot predict the effect of such factors on our business, but we try to consider and respond to changes in these factors, 
particularly as the majority of our costs are U.S. based while the vast majority of our sales are international. 

Competition 

The  competition  in  the  programming  systems  market  is  highly  fragmented  with  a  small  number  of  organizations  selling 
directly competitive solutions and a large number of smaller organizations offering less expensive solutions.  In particular, 
low cost automated solutions have gained market share in recent years, where the competition is primarily based on price.  
Typically,  their  equipment  meets  a  “good  enough”  standard,  but  with  reduced  quality,  traceability,  security  and  other 
software features such as factory integration software.  Many of these competitors compete on a regional basis, with local 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
language and support.   

In  addition,  we  compete  with  multiple  substitute  forms  of  device  programming  including  “home  grown”  solutions.  
Programming after device placement may be done with In System Programming (“ISP”).  Some automotive products may 
also be programmed over the air (“OTA”).  IoT devices may also be programmed with ISP or OTA.  In addition, new security 
devices  may  be  required  to  be  programmed  using  device-specific  programmers  developed  by  the  semiconductor 
manufacturer.   

While  we  are  not  aware  of  any  published  industry  market  information  covering  the  programming  systems  market, 
according  to  our  internal  analysis  of  competitors’  revenues,  we  believe  we  continue  to  be  the  largest  competitor  in  the 
programming systems equipment market and have been gaining market share especially with our new products. 

Manufacturing, Raw Materials and Backlog 

We strive to manufacture and provide the best solutions for advanced programming.  We primarily assemble and test our 
products  at  our  principal  facilities  in  Redmond,  Washington  and  Shanghai,  China.  We  outsource  our  circuit  board 
manufacturing  and  fabrication.    We  use  a  combination  of  standard  components,  proprietary  custom  integrated  circuits 
(“ICs”)  and  fabricated  parts  manufactured  to  our  specifications.    Most  components  used  are  available  from  a  number  of 
different  suppliers  and  subcontractors  but  certain  items,  such  as  some  handler  and  programmer  subassemblies,  custom 
integrated circuits, hybrid circuits and connectors, are purchased from single sources.  We believe that additional sources 
can be developed for present single-source components without significant difficulties in obtaining supplies.  We cannot be 
sure that single-source components will always continue to be readily available.  If we cannot develop alternative sources 
for these components, or if we experience deterioration in relationships with these suppliers, there may be price increases, 
minimum order quantities, costs associated with integrating alternatively sourced parts, and delays or reductions in product 
introductions or shipments, which may materially adversely affect our operating results. 

In  accordance  with  industry  practices,  generally  all  orders  are  subject  to  cancellation  prior  to  shipment  without  penalty, 
except  for  contracts  calling  for  custom  configuration.    To  date,  such  cancellations  have  not  had  a  material  effect  on  our 
sales volume.  To meet customers’ delivery requirements, we manufacture certain products based upon a combination of 
backlog and anticipated orders.  Most orders are scheduled for delivery within 1 to 90 days after receipt of the order.  Our 
backlog of pending orders was approximately $3,200,000, $700,000, and $1,900,000 as of December 31, 2016, 2015, and 
2014, respectively.  The size of backlog at any particular date is not necessarily a meaningful indicator of the trend of our 
business. 

Research and Development 

We  believe  that  continued  investment  in  research  and  development  is  critical  to  our  future  success.    We  continue  to 
develop  new  technologies  and  products  and  enhance  existing  products.    Future  growth  is,  to  a  large  extent,  dependent 
upon the timely development and introduction of new products, as well as the development of algorithms to support the 
latest programmable devices.   Where possible, we may pursue partnerships and other strategic relationships to add new 
products,  capabilities and services.  We are currently focusing our research and development  efforts on strategic growth 
markets, including automotive electronics and the IoT. We are developing technology to securely program new categories 
of semiconductors, including Secure Elements, Authentication Chips, and Secure Microcontrollers. We plan to deliver new 
programming  technology  and  automated  handling  systems  for  managed  and  secure  programming  in  the  manufacturing 
environment.  We also continue to focus on increasing our capacity and responsiveness for new device support requests 
from customers and programmable integrated circuit manufacturers by revising and enhancing our internal processes and 
tools.    Our  research  and  development  efforts  have  resulted  in  the  release  of  significant  new  products  and  product 
enhancements over the past several years. 

During  2016, 2015, and  2014, we  made  expenditures  for research and  development  of  (in  millions)  $5.1,  $4.7, and  $4.7, 
respectively,  representing  21.6%,  21.4%,  and  21.5%  of  net  sales,  respectively.    Research  and  development  costs  are 
generally expensed as incurred. 

Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks and Licenses 

We rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trade secrets and trademarks to protect our intellectual property, as well 
as product development and marketing skill, to establish and protect our market position.  We continue to apply for and 
add new patents to our patent portfolio as we develop strategic new technologies. 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
We  attempt  to  protect  our  rights  in  proprietary  software,  including  LumenX  software,  Flashcore  software,  TaskLink 
software, ConneX™ smart programming software, Factory Integration software and other software products, by retaining 
the title to and copyright of the software and documentation, by including appropriate contractual restrictions on use and 
disclosure in our licenses, and by requiring our employees to execute non-disclosure agreements.  Our software products 
are not typically sold separately from sales of programming systems.  However, on those occasions where software is sold 
separately, revenue is recognized  when a  sales agreement exists, delivery has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable, 
and collectability is reasonably assured. 

Because of the rapidly changing technology in the semiconductor, electronic equipment and software industries, portions 
of our products might possibly infringe upon existing patents or copyrights, and we may be required to obtain licenses or 
discontinue  the  use  of  the  infringing  technology.    We  believe  that  any  exposure  we  may  have  regarding  possible 
infringement claims is a reasonable business risk similar to that assumed by other companies in the electronic equipment 
and  software  industries.    However,  any  claim  of  infringement,  with  or  without  merit,  could  be  costly  and  a  diversion  of 
management’s  attention,  and  an  adverse  determination  could  adversely  affect  our  reputation,  preclude  us  from  offering 
certain products, and subject us to substantial liability.  As of December 31, 2016, there were no pending actions regarding 
infringement claims. 

Employees 

As of December 31, 2016, we had a total of 91 employees, of which 43 were located outside the U.S. and 8 of which were 
part time.  We also utilize independent contractors for specialty work,  primarily in research and development, and utilize 
temporary workers to adjust capacity to fluctuating demand and for special projects.   Many of our employees are  highly 
skilled and our continued success will depend in part upon our ability to attract and  retain employees who can be in great 
demand  within  the  industry.    None  of  our  employees  are  represented  by  a  collective  bargaining  unit  and  we  believe 
relations  with  our  employees  are  favorable.    In  foreign  countries  we  have  employment  agreements  or,  in  China,  the 
Shanghai Foreign Services Co., Ltd. (“FSCO”) labor agreement. 

Environmental Compliance 

Our facilities are subject to numerous laws and regulations concerning the discharge of materials or otherwise relating to 
the environment.   Compliance with  environmental laws has not  had, nor is it  expected to have, a  material  effect  on our 
capital expenditures, financial position, results of operations or competitive position. 

Executive Officers of the Registrant 

Set forth below is certain information concerning the executive officers of Data I/O as of March 17, 2017: 

Name 

Age 

Position 

Anthony Ambrose 

55 

President and Chief Executive Officer 

Joel S. Hatlen 

58 

  Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

Secretary and Treasurer 

Rajeev Gulati 

53 

Chief Technology Officer, Vice President of Engineering 

Anthony Ambrose joined Data I/O in October 2012 and is our President and Chief Executive Officer.  He was appointed to 
the  Board  of  Directors  of  Data  I/O  in  October  2012.    Prior  to  Data  I/O,  Anthony  was  Owner  and  Principal  of  Cedar  Mill 
Partners, LLC, a strategy consulting firm.  Until 2011, he was Vice President and General Manager at RadiSys Corporation, a 
leading  provider  of  embedded  wireless  infrastructure  solutions,  where  he  led  three  product  divisions  and  worldwide 
engineering.    Until  2007,  he  was  general  manager  and  held  several  other  progressively  responsible  positions  at  Intel 
Corporation,  where  he  led  development  and  marketing  of  standards  based  telecommunications  platforms,  and  grew  the 
industry standard server business to over $1B in revenues.  He is a member  of the EvergreenHealth Foundation Board of 
Trustees.  Mr. Ambrose has a Bachelors of Science in Engineering from Princeton University. 

Joel S. Hatlen joined Data  I/O in September 1991 and  has been  our Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and 
Treasurer  since  January  1998.    He  served  as  Chief  Accounting  Officer  since  February  1997  and  served  as  Corporate 
Controller  from  December  1993  to  December  1997.    Previously,  he  was  Tax  Manager  and  Senior  Tax  Accountant.    From 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
September 1981 until joining Data I/O, Joel was employed by Ernst & Young LLP as a Certified Public Accountant, where his 
most recent position was Senior Manager.  Joel holds a Masters in Taxation from Golden Gate University and a Bachelors in 
Business Administration in Accounting from Pacific Lutheran University. 

Rajeev Gulati joined Data I/O in July 2013 and is our Chief Technology Officer and Vice President of Engineering.  Prior to 
Data I/O, Rajeev served as Director of Software Engineering for AMD responsible for tools, compiler strategy and execution 
from  2006  to  2013.   He has  an  extensive  background  in  software,  systems  and  applying  technology  to  develop  new 
markets.   Previously,  he  served  as  Director  of  Strategy  and  Planning  at  Freescale  from  2004  to  2006;  as  Director  of 
Embedded  Products  at  Metrowerks  (acquired  by  Motorola)  from  2000  to  2004  and  Director  of  Compilers,  Libraries  & 
Performance  Tools  from  1997  to  2000;  and  engineering  and  programmer  positions  at  Apple  Computer,  IBM  and  Pacific-
Sierra Research.  Rajeev holds a Master of Science in Electrical & Computer Engineering from the University of Texas, Austin 
and a BE in Electrical Engineering from Delhi College of Engineering, New Delhi. 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors 

Cautionary Factors That May Affect Future Results 

Our disclosure and analysis in this Annual Report contains some forward-looking statements.  Forward-looking statements 
include our current expectations or forecasts of future events.  The reader can identify these statements by the fact that they 
do  not  relate  strictly  to  historical  or  current  facts.    In  particular,  these  include  statements  relating  to  future  action, 
prospective  products,  expected  market  growth,  new  technologies,  foreign  operations,  future  performance  or  results  of 
current and anticipated products, sales efforts, expenses, outcome of contingencies, impact of regulatory requirements and 
financial results. 

Any or all of the forward-looking statements in this Annual Report or in any other public statement made may turn out to be 
wrong.  They can be affected by inaccurate assumptions we might make, or known or unknown risks and uncertainties can 
affect these forward-looking statements.  Many factors -- for example, product competition and product development -- will 
be  important  in  determining  future  results.    Moreover,  neither  Data  I/O  nor  anyone  else  assumes  responsibility  for  the 
accuracy and completeness of these forward-looking statements.  Actual future results may materially vary. 

We  undertake  no  obligation  to  publicly  update  any  forward-looking  statements  after  the  date  of  this  Annual  Report, 
whether  as  a  result  of  new  information,  future  events  or  otherwise.    The  reader  should  not  unduly  rely  on  our  forward-
looking statements.  The reader is advised, however, to consult any future disclosures we make on related subjects in our 10-
Q,  8-K  and  10-K  reports  to  the  SEC  and  press  releases.    Also,  note  that  we  provide  the following  cautionary  discussion  of 
risks,  uncertainties  and  possible  inaccurate  assumptions  relevant  to  our  business.    These  are  factors  that  we  think  could 
cause  our  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  expected  and  historical  results.    Other  factors  besides  those  listed  here 
could also adversely affect us.  This discussion is permitted by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. 

RISK FACTORS: 

NEW PRODUCTS OR SERVICES 

We may pursue new product or service initiatives that develop more slowly and/or to a lesser extent than expected 

In  order  to  lead  in  new  and  potentially  lucrative  market  opportunities,  for  example  in  securing  programmable  devices, 
circuit  boards  and  electronic  systems,  we  must  invest  ahead  of  others  while  the  market  is  developing  and  uncertain.    If 
these  markets  develop  more  slowly  than  planned,  then  we  may  not  achieve  our  expected  return  on  investment  in  new 
technologies and this may affect the results of our existing business. 

We may pursue business acquisitions that could impair our financial position and profitability. 

We may pursue acquisitions of complementary technologies, product lines or businesses.  Future acquisitions may include 
risks, such as: 

 

 

burdening management and our operating teams during the integration of the acquisition 

diverting management’s attention from other business concerns 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 

 

 

failing to successfully integrate or monetize the acquired products or technologies 

lack of acceptance of the acquired products by our sales channels or customers 

entering markets where we have no or limited prior experience 

potential loss of key employees of the acquired company 

additional burden of support for an acquired programmer architecture 

Future acquisitions may also impact our financial position.  For example, we may use significant cash or incur debt, which 
would  weaken  our  balance  sheet,  or  issue  additional  shares,  potentially  diluting  existing  shareholders.    We  may  also 
capitalize goodwill and intangible assets acquired, the amortization or impairment of which would reduce our profitability.  
We cannot guarantee that future acquisitions will improve our business or operating results. 

Delays in development, introduction and shipment of new products or services may result in a decline in sales or increased 
costs. 

We develop new engineering and automated programming systems and services.  Significant technological, supplier, 
manufacturing or other problems may delay the development, introduction or production of these products or services. 

For example, we may encounter these problems:  

 

 

 

 

technical  problems  in  the  development  of  a  new  programming  system  platform  or  the  robotics  for  new  automated 
handing systems 

inability to hire qualified personnel or turnover in existing personnel 

delays or failures to perform by us or third parties involved in our development projects 

development of new products or services that are not accepted by the market 

These problems may result in a delay or decline in sales or increased costs. 

Failure to adapt to technology trends in our industry may impact our competitiveness and financial results. 

Product and service technology in our industry evolves rapidly, making timely product innovation essential to success in the 
marketplace.  Introducing products and services with improved technologies or features may render our existing products 
obsolete and unmarketable.  Technological advances and trends that may negatively impact our business include:   

 

 

 

 

 

 

new  device  package  types,  densities,  chip  interfaces  and  technologies  requiring  hardware  and  software  changes  in 
order  to  be  programmed  by  our  products,  particularly  certain  segments  of  the  high  density  flash  memory  markets 
where after placement programming is recommended by the semiconductor manufacturers 

reduction in semiconductor process geometries for certain Multi Level Cell (MLC) and Triple Level Cell (TLC) NAND and 
eMMC FLASH memories impact the product data retention through  Surface Mount Technology (SMT) reflow or X-ray 
inspection.    Improper  SMT  process  control  can  negatively  impact  the  end  customer’s  ability  to  successfully  program 
devices prior to placement in manufacturing.  This can cause them to change their programing methods away from pre-
programming  to  post  placement  programming  techniques,  including  ISP.    Data  I/O  is  working  with  semiconductor 
manufacturers to develop best practices to minimize the impact of reflow and potential concerns about X-ray induced 
data loss. 

electronics equipment manufacturing practices, such as widespread use of in-circuit programming or downloading 

adoption of proprietary security and programming protocols and additional security capabilities and requirements 

customer software platform preferences different from those on which our products operate 

customer adoption of newer semiconductor device technologies such as UFS memory or device interface methods such 
as PCI, particularly if these technologies are adopted by automotive electronics, IoT or wireless customers 

  more rigid industry standards, which would decrease the value-added element of our products and support services 

11 

 
 
If we cannot develop products or services in a timely manner in response to industry changes, or if our products or services 
do not perform well, our business and financial condition may be adversely affected.  Also, our new products or services 
may contain defects or errors that give rise to product liability claims against us or cause our products to fail to gain market 
acceptance.  Our future success depends on our ability to successfully compete with other technology firms in attracting 
and retaining key technical personnel. 

Failure to adapt to increasing automotive electronics customer requirements 

Quality standards and business requirements by our automotive electronics customers, driven in turn by their automotive 
manufacturer customers,  may demand processes, and certifications at a  higher  level than we currently are  structured to 
provide.  For example, we may be required to meet the ISO 9001 standard with certified audits or other quality standards.  
In addition, contractual provisions may expose us to greater potential liability and costs and we may be required to provide 
higher  service  levels  than  we  currently  provide.    If  we  cannot  adapt  to  these  industry  requirements  or  manage  these 
contractual provisions, our business may be adversely affected. 

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property, we may not be able to compete effectively or operate profitably. 

We  rely  on  patents,  copyrights,  trade  secrets  and  trademarks  to  protect  our  intellectual  property,  as  well  as  product 
development  and  marketing  skill  to  establish  and  protect  our  market  position.    We  attempt  to  protect  our  rights  in 
proprietary software products, including our user interface, product firmware, software module options and other software 
products by retaining the title to and copyright of the software and  documentation, by including appropriate contractual 
restrictions on use and disclosure in our licenses, and by requiring our employees to execute non-disclosure agreements. 

Because of the rapidly changing technology in the semiconductor, electronic equipment and software industries, portions 
of our products might possibly infringe upon existing patents or copyrights, and we may be required to obtain licenses or 
discontinue  the  use  of  the  infringing  technology.    We  believe  that  any  exposure  we  may  have  regarding  possible 
infringement claims is a reasonable business risk similar to that assumed by other companies in the electronic equipment 
and  software  industries.    However,  any  claim  of  infringement,  with  or  without  merit,  could  be  costly  and  a  diversion  of 
management’s  attention,  and  an  adverse  determination  could  adversely  affect  our  reputation,  preclude  us  from  offering 
certain products, and subject us to substantial liability. 

We may face increased competition and may not be able to compete successfully with current and future competitors. 

Technological advances have reduced the barriers of entry into the programming systems market.  We expect competition 
to increase from both established and emerging companies.  If we fail to compete successfully against  current and future 
sources of competition, our profitability and financial performance will be adversely impacted. 

THIRD PARTY RELATIONSHIPS 

If we do not develop and enhance our relationships with security partners, our business may be adversely affected and we 
may not be able to timely develop new and cost effective managed and secure programming solutions. 

As  we  enter  new  areas  in  managed  and  secure  programming,  we  need  to  complement  our  skills  and  expertise  with 
partners’ expertise in security.  Some of these partners may be early stage companies that are operating with more limited 
capital and/or management expertise than established firms.  If our partners are unable to develop and deliver solutions 
that  we  need  to  integrate  into  our  managed  and  secure  programming  solutions,  our  product  might  be  delayed  and  we 
might have to locate alternate partners and suppliers or develop the technology ourselves. 

If  we  do  not  develop  and  enhance  our  relationships  with  semiconductor  manufacturers,  our  business  may  be  adversely 
affected. 

We  work  closely  with  most  semiconductor  manufacturers  to  ensure  that  our  programming  systems  comply  with  their 
requirements.    In  addition,  many  semiconductor  manufacturers  recommend  our  managed  and  secure  programming 
systems for use by users of their programmable devices.  These working relationships enable us to keep our programming 
systems  product  lines  up  to  date  and  provide  end-users  with  broad  and  current  programmable  device  support.    As 
technology changes occur that could limit the effectiveness of pre-placement programming, particularly for very small high 
density NAND, e-MMC and UFS devices, certain semiconductor manufacturers  may not recommend or may not continue 
recommending our programming systems  for these devices.  Our business may be adversely affected if our relationships 

12 

 
 
 
with semiconductor manufacturers deteriorate.  Consolidation within the semiconductor industry may also impact us.   As 
we develop more security solutions, we will need to partner more deeply with semiconductor manufacturers. 

Our reliance on a small number of suppliers may result in a shortage of key components, which may adversely affect our 
business, and our suppliers may experience financial difficulties which could impact their ability to service our needs. 

Certain  parts  used  in  our  products  are  currently  available  from  either  a  single  supplier  or  from  a  limited  number  of 
suppliers.  Our small relative level of business means we frequently lack influence and significant purchasing power.   If we 
cannot develop alternative sources of these components, if sales of parts are discontinued by the supplier, if we experience 
deterioration in our relationship with these suppliers, or if these suppliers require financing, which is not available, there 
may  be  delays  or  reductions  in  product  introductions  or  shipments,  which  may  materially  adversely  affect  our  operating 
results. 

Because  we  rely  on  a  small  number  of  suppliers  for  certain  parts,  we  are  subject  to  possible  price  increases  by  these 
suppliers.    Also,  we  may  be  unable  to  accurately  forecast  our  production  schedule.    If  we  underestimate  our  production 
schedule, suppliers may be unable to meet our demand for components.  This delay in the supply of key components may 
have a materially adverse effect on our business.  For suppliers who discontinue parts, we may be required to make lifetime 
purchases covering future requirements.   Over estimation of demand or excessive minimum order quantities will lead to 
excess inventories that may become obsolete. 

Certain  of  our  sockets,  parts,  subassemblies  and  boards  are  currently  manufactured  to  our  specifications  by  third-party 
foreign contract manufacturers and we are sourcing certain parts or options from foreign manufacturers.  We may not be 
able to obtain a sufficient quantity of these products if and when needed or the quality of these parts or options may not 
meet our standards, which may result in lost sales. 

If we are unable to attract and retain qualified third-party distributors and representatives, our business may be adversely 
affected. 

We  have  an  internal  sales  force  and  also  utilize  third-party  distributors  and  representatives.    Therefore,  the  financial 
stability of these distributors and representatives is important.  Their ability to operate, timely pay us, and to acquire any 
necessary financing may be affected by the current economic climate.  Highly skilled professional engineers use most of our 
products.    To  be  effective,  third-party  distributors  and  representatives  must  possess  significant  technical,  marketing, 
customer relationships and sales resources and must devote their resources to sales efforts, customer education, training 
and  support.    These  required  qualities  limit  the  number  of  potential  third-party  distributors  and  representatives.    Our 
business  will  suffer  if  we  cannot  attract  and  retain  a  sufficient  number  of  qualified  third-party  distributors  and 
representatives to market our products. 

MARKET CONDITIONS 

A decline in economic and market conditions may result in delayed or decreased capital spending and delayed or defaulted 
payments from our customers. 

Our  business  is  highly  impacted  by  capital  spending  plans  and  other  economic  cycles  that  affect  the  users  and 
manufacturers  of  integrated  circuits.    These  industries  are  highly  cyclical  and  are  characterized  by  rapid  technological 
change, short product life cycles and fluctuations in manufacturing capacity and pricing and gross margin pressures.  As we 
experienced in recent prior years, our operations may in the future reflect substantial fluctuations from period-to-period as 
a  consequence  of  these  industry  patterns,  general  economic  conditions  affecting  the  timing  of  orders  from  major 
customers,  and  other  factors  affecting  capital  spending.    In  a  difficult  economic  climate  it  may  take  us  longer  to  receive 
payments from our customers and some of our customers’ business may fail, resulting in non-payment.  Our market growth 
forecasts and related business decisions may be wrong.  These factors could have a material adverse effect on our business 
and financial condition. 

13 

 
Our international operations may expose us to additional risks that may adversely affect our business. 

International sales represented approximately 88%, 90% and 90% of net sales in 2016, 2015, and 2014, respectively.  We 
expect that international sales will continue to be a significant portion of our net revenue.  International sales may fluctuate 
due to various factors, including: 

 

 

fluctuations  in  foreign  currency  exchange  rates  because  88%  of  our  sales  are  to  international  markets,  volatile 
exchange rates may also impact our competiveness and margins 

economic uncertainty related to the European sovereign debt situation 

  migration of manufacturing to low cost geographies 

 

 

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements 

tariffs and taxes 

  Bi-lateral and Multi-lateral trade agreements 

 

 

 

 

 

 

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations 

longer average payment cycles and difficulty in collecting accounts receivable 

compliance with applicable export licensing requirements and the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act 

product safety and other certification requirements 

difficulties in integrating foreign and outsourced operations 

civil unrest, political and economic instability 

Because  we  have  customers  located  throughout  the  world,  we  have  significant  foreign  receivables.    We  may  experience 
difficulties in collecting these amounts as a result of payment practices of certain foreign customers, economic uncertainty 
and regulations in foreign countries, the availability and reliability of foreign credit information, and potential difficulties in 
enforcing collection terms.   

The European Union and European Free Trade Association (“EU”) has established certain electronic emission and product 
safety  requirements  (“CE”).    As  applicable,  our  products  currently  meet  these  requirements;  however,  failure  to  obtain 
either a CE certification or a waiver for any product may prevent us from marketing that product in Europe.  The EU also has 
directives concerning the Reduction of Hazardous Substances (“RoHS”) and we believe we are classified within the EU RoHS 
Directive  category  list  as  Industrial  Monitoring  and  Control  Equipment  (category  9),  which  is  out  of  scope  until  the 
enforcement  date  of  July  2017.    We  believe  all  current  products  meet  the  RoHS  directives.    Failure  to  meet  applicable 
directives  or  qualifying  exemptions  may  prevent  us  from  marketing  certain  products  in  Europe  or  other  territories  with 
similar requirements.   

We  have  subsidiaries  in  Germany,  China,  Hong  Kong,  Brazil  and  Canada  and  large  balances  of  cash  are  in  our  foreign 
subsidiaries.  Our business and financial condition is sensitive to currency exchange rates and any restrictions imposed on 
their  currencies  including  restrictions  on  repatriations  of  cash.    Any  repatriation  of  cash  could  result  in  tax  costs  and 
corresponding deferred tax assets with related tax valuation allowances.  Currency exchange fluctuations in these countries 
may adversely affect our investment in our subsidiaries. 

OPERATIONS 

Quarterly fluctuations in our operating results may adversely affect our stock price. 

Our operating results tend to vary from quarter to quarter.  Our revenue in each quarter substantially depends upon orders 
received  within  that  quarter.    Conversely,  our  expenditures  are  based  on  investment  plans  and  estimates  of  future 
revenues.  We may, therefore, be unable to quickly reduce our spending if our revenues decline in a given quarter.  As a 
result,  operating  results  for  that  quarter  will  suffer.    Our  results  of  operations  for  any  one  quarter  are  not  necessarily 
indicative of results for any future periods. 

Other factors, which may cause our quarterly operating results to fluctuate, include: 

14 

 
 

 

 

increased competition  

timing of new product announcements and timing of development expenditures 

product or service releases and pricing changes by us or our competitors 

  market acceptance or delays in the introduction of new products or services 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

production constraints 

quality issues 

labor or material constraints 

timing of significant orders 

timing of installation or customer acceptance requirements 

sales channel mix of direct vs. indirect distribution 

civil unrest, war or terrorism 

health issues (such as the outbreak of a virus impacting workers or travel) 

customers’ budgets 

adverse movements in exchange rates, interest rates or tax rates 

cyclical and seasonal nature of demand for our customers’ products 

general economic conditions in the countries where we sell products 

expenses and delays obtaining authorizations in setting up new operations or locations 

facilities relocations 

Due  to  any  of  the  foregoing  factors,  it  is  possible  that  in  some  future  quarters,  our  operating  results  will  be  below 
expectations of analysts and investors. 

We have a history of operating losses and may be unable to generate enough revenue to achieve and maintain profitability. 

We have incurred operating losses in  two of the last  five  years and  three of the last  ten years.  We operate in a  cyclical 
industry.  We will continue to examine our level of operating expense based upon our projected revenues.  Any planned 
increases in operating expenses may result in losses in future periods if projected revenues are not achieved.  As a result, 
we may need to generate greater revenues than we have recently in order to maintain profitability.  However, we cannot 
provide assurance that our revenues will continue to increase and our business strategies may not be successful, resulting 
in future losses. 

The loss of key employees may adversely affect our operations. 

We have employees located in the U.S., Germany and China.  We also utilize independent contractors for specialty work, 
primarily in research and development, and utilize temporary workers to adjust capacity  to fluctuating demand.  Many of 
our  employees  are  highly  skilled  and  our  continued  success  will  depend  in  part  upon  our  ability  to  attract  and  retain 
employees  who  can  be  in  great  demand  within  the  industry.    None  of  our  employees  are  represented  by  a  collective 
bargaining unit and we believe relations with our employees are favorable, though no assurance can be made that this will 
be  the  case  in  the  future.    In  China,  our  workers  are  “leased”  with  the  arrangements  made  under  the  “FSCO”  labor 
agreement and we could be adversely affected if we were unable to continue that arrangement. 

We may need to raise additional capital and our future access to capital is uncertain. 

Our past revenues have sometimes been, and our future revenues may again be, insufficient to support the expense of our 
operations  and  any  expansion  of  our  business.    We  may  therefore  need  additional  equity  or  debt  capital  to  finance  our 
operations.  If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows from operations or to obtain funds through additional debt, 
lease or equity financing, we may have to reduce some or all of our development and sales and marketing efforts and limit 
the expansion of our business.   

15 

 
 
We believe that we have sufficient cash or working capital available under our operating plan to fund our operations and 
capital  requirements  through  at  least  the  next  one-year  period.    In  the  event  we  may  require  additional  cash  for  U.S. 
operations  or  other  needs,  it  may  cause  the  potential  repatriation  of  cash  from  the  $5.6  million  held  in  our  foreign 
subsidiaries.    Although  we  have  no  current  repatriation  plans,  there  may  be  tax,  legal  and  other  impediments  to  any 
repatriation actions.  Our working capital may be used to fund  possible losses, business growth, project  initiatives,  share 
repurchases  and  business  development  initiatives  including  acquisitions,  which  could  reduce  our  liquidity  and  result  in  a 
requirement for additional cash before that time.  Any substantial inability to achieve our current business plan could have 
a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  financial  position,  liquidity,  or  results  of  operations  and  may  require  us  to  reduce 
expenditures and/or seek additional financing. 

Therefore, we may seek additional funding through public or private debt or equity financing or from  other sources.  We 
have no commitments for additional financing, and given a potential future unfavorable economic climate and our financial 
results, we may experience difficulty in obtaining funding on favorable terms, if at all.  Any financing we obtain may contain 
covenants  that  restrict  our  freedom  to  operate  our  business  or  may  require  us  to  issue  securities  that  have  rights, 
preferences or privileges senior to our Common Stock and may dilute your ownership interest. 

Our stock price may be volatile and, as a result, you may lose some or all of your investment. 

The stock prices of technology companies tend to fluctuate significantly.  We believe factors such as announcements of new 
products or services by us or our competitors and quarterly variations in financial results and outlook may cause the market 
price of our Common Stock to fluctuate substantially.  In addition, overall volatility in the stock market, particularly in the 
technology company sector, is often unrelated to the operating performance of companies.  If these market  fluctuations 
continue in the future, they may adversely affect the price of our Common Stock.   

Cyber security breaches or terrorism could result in liabilities or costs as well as damage to or loss of our data or customer 
access to our website and information systems.  The collection, storage, transmission, use and disclosure of user data and 
personal  information,  if  accessed  improperly,  could  give  rise  to  liabilities  or  additional  costs  as  a  result  of  laws, 
governmental regulations and evolving views of personal privacy rights.  

Cyber security breaches or terrorism could result in the exposure or theft of private or confidential information as well as 
interrupt  our business, including denying customer access  to our website and information systems.  We transmit, and in 
some cases store, end-user data, including personal information.  In jurisdictions around the world, personal information is 
becoming  increasingly  subject  to  legislation  and  regulations  intended  to  protect  consumers’  privacy  and  security.    The 
interpretation of privacy and data protection laws and regulations regarding the collection, storage, transmission, use and 
disclosure of such information in some jurisdictions is unclear and evolving.  These laws may be interpreted and applied in 
conflicting ways from country to country and in a manner that is not consistent with our current data protection practices.  
Complying with these varying international requirements could cause us to incur additional costs and change our business 
practices.  Because our services are accessible in many foreign jurisdictions, some of these jurisdictions may claim that we 
are  required  to  comply  with  their  laws,  even  where  we  have  no  local  entity,  employees  or  infrastructure.    We  could  be 
forced to incur significant expenses if we were required to modify our products, our services or our existing security and 
privacy procedures in order to comply with new or expanded regulations. 

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 

Failure to comply with increasing regulatory requirements may adversely affect our stock price and business. 

As a public company, we are subject to numerous governmental and stock exchange requirements, with which we believe 
we are in compliance.  Our failure to meet  regulatory requirements and exchange listing standards  may result in actions 
such  as:  the  delisting  of  our  stock,  impacting  our  stock’s  liquidity;  SEC  enforcement  actions;  and  securities  claims  and 
litigation. 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) have requirements that we may fail to 
meet or we may fall out of compliance with, such as the internal controls auditor attestation required under Section 404 of 
the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  with  which  we  are  not  currently  required  to  comply  as  we  are  a  smaller  reporting 
company.    We  assume  that  we  will  continue  to  have  the  status  of  a  smaller  reporting  company  based  on  the  aggregate 
market value of the voting and non-voting shares held as of June 30, 2016.  If we fail to achieve and maintain the adequacy 
of our internal controls, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able 
to  ensure  that  we  can  conclude  on  an  ongoing  basis  that  we  have  effective  internal  controls  over  financial  reporting  in 

16 

 
accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  Moreover, effective internal controls, particularly those 
related to revenue recognition, are necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and are important to help prevent 
financial fraud.  If we cannot provide reliable financial reports or prevent fraud, our business and operating results could be 
harmed, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, and the trading price of our stock could drop 
significantly.   

While  we  have  policies  and  procedures  in  place  designed  to  prevent  corruption  and  bribery,  because  our  business  is 
significantly international, violations of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) could have a significant adverse effect on 
our business due to the disruption and distraction of an investigation, financial penalties and criminal penalties. 

Government  regulations  regarding  the  use  of  "conflict"  minerals could  adversely  affect  our  prospects  and  results  of 
operations. 

Regulatory  requirements  regarding  disclosure  of  our  use  of  “conflict”  minerals  mined  from  the  Democratic  Republic  of 
Congo  and  adjoining  countries  could  affect  the  sourcing  and  availability  of  minerals  used  in  the  manufacture  of  certain 
products. Although we do not buy raw materials, manufacture, or produce any electronic equipment using conflict minerals 
directly, some components provided by our suppliers and contained in our products contain conflict minerals.  Our goal is 
for our products to be conflict free.   As a  result, there may only be a  limited pool of  suppliers who provide conflict  free 
metals, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain products in sufficient quantities or at competitive prices.  
Single source suppliers may not respond or respond negatively regarding conflict mineral sourcing and we may be unable to 
find alternative sources to replace them.  Also, because our supply chain is complex, we may face reputational challenges 
with  our  customers  and  other  stakeholders  if  we  are  unable  to  sufficiently  verify  the  origins  for  all  metals  used  in  the 
products that we sell.  Further, if we are unable to comply with the new laws or regulations or if our efforts to comply with 
new  laws,  regulations  and  standards  differ  from  the  activities  intended  by  regulatory  or  governing  bodies  due  to 
ambiguities  related  to  practice,  regulatory  authorities  may  initiate  legal  proceedings  against  us.    We  may  need  to  incur 
additional costs and invest additional resources, including management’s time, in order to comply with the new regulations 
and anticipated additional reporting and disclosure obligations. 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

Item 2.  Properties 

During the second quarter of 2015, we amended our lease agreement for the Redmond, Washington headquarters facility 
effective July 8, 2015. The amended lease resulted in our headquarters relocating to a nearby building, extending the term 
through  April  2021,  lowering  the  square  footage  to  approximately  20,460,  providing  lease  inducement  incentives  and 
lowering the rental rate. The lease commitment of approximately $1.7 million will be paid over the term of the lease. As a 
result  of  this  lease  amendment,  the  remaining  balance  of  the  restructure  liability  relating  to  the  lease  of  approximately 
$120,000 was incorporated into our deferred rent liability in July 2015.  The lease base annual rental payments during 2016 
and 2015 were approximately $200,000 and $296,000, respectively. 

In addition to the Redmond facility, approximately 24,000 square feet is leased at two foreign locations, including our sales, 
service, operations and engineering office located in Shanghai, China, and our German sales, service and engineering office 
located in Munich, Germany. 

We renewed our lease agreement for what is now our former Shanghai, China facility, effective June  15, 2015, extending 
the term through December 31, 2015.  Operations continued in this facility through January 31, 2016.  In October 2015, we 
signed a lease agreement for a new facility located in Shanghai, China which was effective November 1, 2015 and extends 
through October 31, 2021.  The new lease approximately doubled our space to 19,400 square feet at approximately 54% of 
the prior lease rental rate.  The lease base annual rental payments during 2016 and 2015 were approximately $233,000 and 
$324,000, respectively. 

During the fourth quarter of 2016, we signed a lease agreement for a new facility located in Munich, Germany which is 
effective March 1, 2017 and extends through February 28, 2022.  The new lease will slightly increase our space to 4,895 
square feet at approximately the same cost per square foot as the current lease. The lease base annual rental payments 
during 2016 and 2015 were both approximately $61,000. 

17 

 
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               
 
 
 
 
 
Item 3.  Legal Proceedings 

From time to time, we may be involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of our operations in the normal course of 
business.    As  of  December  31,  2016,  we  were  not  a  party  to  any  legal  proceedings  or  aware  of  any  indemnification 
agreement claims, the adverse outcome of which in management’s opinion, individually or in the aggregate, would have a 
material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial position. 

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not Applicable. 

PART II 

Item 5.  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

The following table shows, for the periods indicated, the high and low price information for our Common Stock as reported 
by the NASDAQ Capital Market (NASDAQ symbol is DAIO).  The closing price was $4.18 on December 31, 2016. 

2016 

2015 

Period 

Fourth Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Second Quarter 
First Quarter 

Fourth Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Second Quarter 
First Quarter 

High 

$4.40  
3.95  
2.70  
2.80  

$3.20  
3.62  
3.80  
3.75  

Low 

$3.39  
2.39  
2.07  
2.03  

$2.34  
2.26  
2.85  
3.01  

The approximate number of shareholders of record as of March 17, 2017 was 468. 

Except for special cash dividend of $4.15 per share paid on March 8, 1989, we have not paid cash dividends on our Common 
Stock and do not anticipate paying regular cash dividends in the foreseeable future.   

No sales of unregistered securities were made by us during the periods ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. 

See Item 12 for the Equity Compensation Plan Information. 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

On February 24, 2016, our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program with provisions to buy back up to $1 
million of our stock during the period from March 2, 2016 through March 31, 2017.  The program was established with a 
10b5-1 plan under the Exchange Act to provide flexibility to make purchases throughout the period.  For the year ended 
December 31, 2016, 80,345 shares of stock have been repurchased at an average price of $2.36 for a total of $189,360 plus 
$1,649 in commissions and charges.  No shares were repurchased during the fourth quarter. 

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data 

Not applicable. 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7.  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS  

This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  includes  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private  Securities 
Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  This Act provides a “safe harbor” for forward-looking statements to encourage companies to 
provide prospective information about themselves as long as they identify these statements as forward-looking and provide 
meaningful cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause actual results to differ from the projected 
results.    All  statements  other  than  statements  of  historical  fact  made  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  are  forward-
looking.    In  particular,  statements  herein  regarding  economic  outlook,  industry  prospects  and  trends;  future  results  of 
operations or financial position; future spending; breakeven revenue point; expected market growth; market acceptance of 
our  newly  introduced  or  upgraded  products  or  services;  development,  introduction  and  shipment  of  new  products  or 
services; changing foreign operations; and any other guidance on future periods are forward-looking statements.  Forward-
looking statements reflect management’s current expectations and are inherently uncertain.  Although we believe that the 
expectations reflected in these  forward-looking statements are reasonable,  we cannot  guarantee future results, levels of 
activity,  performance,  achievements,  or  other  future  events.    Moreover,  neither  Data  I/O  nor  anyone  else  assumes 
responsibility for the accuracy and completeness of these forward-looking  statements.   We are under no duty to update 
any of these forward-looking statements after the date of this Annual Report.  The Reader should not place undue reliance 
on these forward-looking statements.  The following discussions and the section entitled “Risk Factors – Cautionary Factors 
That May Affect Future Results” describes some, but not all, of the factors that could cause these differences. 

OVERVIEW  

We  continued  our  focus  on managing  the  core  programming  business  for  growth  and  profitability,  while  developing  and 
enhancing products to drive future revenue and earnings growth.  Our challenge continues to be operating in a cyclical and 
rapidly  evolving  industry  environment.    We  are  continuing  our  efforts  to  balance  industry  changes,  business  geography 
shifts, exchange rate volatility, increasing costs and strategic investments in our business with the level of demand and mix 
of business we expect.  We continue to manage our costs carefully and execute strategies for cost reduction. 

We are focusing our research and development efforts in our strategic growth markets, namely automotive electronics and 
IoT  new  programming  technologies,  secure  supply  chain  solutions,  automated  programming  systems  and  their 
enhancements for the manufacturing environment and software. We are currently focusing our research and development 
efforts on strategic growth markets, including automotive electronics and IoT. We are developing technology to securely 
program new categories of semiconductors, including Secure Elements, Authentication Chips, and Secure Microcontrollers. 
We plan to deliver new programming technology and automated handling systems for managed and secure programming 
in the manufacturing environment.  We continue to focus on extending the capabilities and support for our product lines 
and supporting the latest  semiconductor devices, including NAND Flash, e-MMC,  UFS and microcontrollers on our newer 
products. 

Our customer focus has been on strategic high volume manufacturers in key market segments like automotive electronics, 
IoT, industrial controls, consumer electronics and wireless as well as programming centers. 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICY JUDGMENTS AND ESTIMATES 

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of 
America requires that we make estimates and judgments, which affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues 
and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities.  On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates, 
including  those  related  to  sales  returns,  bad  debts,  inventories,  intangible  assets,  income  taxes,  warranty  obligations, 
restructuring  charges,  contingencies  such  as  litigation  and  contract  terms  that  have  multiple  elements  and  other 
complexities  typical  in  the  capital  equipment  industry.    We  base  our  estimates  on  historical  experience  and  other 
assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances.  Actual results may differ from these estimates under 
different assumptions or conditions.   

We  believe  the  following  critical  accounting  policies  affect  the  more  significant  judgments  and  estimates  used  in  the 
preparation of our financial statements:  

Revenue  Recognition:    We  recognize  revenue  at  the  time  the  product  is  shipped.    We  have  determined  that  our 
programming  equipment  has  reached  a  point  of  maturity  and  stability  such  that  product  acceptance  can  be  assured  by 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
testing at the factory prior to shipment and that the installation meets the criteria to be considered a separate element.  
These  systems  are  standard  products  with  published  product  specifications  and  are  configurable  with  standard  options.  
The evidence that these systems could be deemed as accepted was based upon having standardized factory production of 
the  units,  results  from  batteries  of  tests  of  product  performance  to  our  published  specifications,  quality  inspections  and 
installation standardization, as well as past product operation validation with the customer and the history provided by our 
installed base of products upon which the current versions were based. 

The revenue related to products requiring installation that is perfunctory is recognized at the time of shipment.  Installation 
that is considered perfunctory includes any installation that can be performed by other parties, such as distributors, other 
vendors, or in most cases the customers themselves.  This takes into account the complexity, skill and training needed as 
well as customer expectations regarding installation. 

We  enter  into  multiple  deliverables  arrangements  that  arise  during  the  sale  of  a  system  that  includes  an  installation 
component,  a  service  and  support  component  and  a  software  maintenance  component.    We  allocate  the  value  of  each 
element based on relative selling prices.  Relative selling price is based on the selling price of the standalone system.  For 
the  installation  and  service  and  support  components,  we  use  what  we  charge  to  distributors  who  perform  these 
components.  For software maintenance components, we use what we charge for annual software maintenance renewals 
after  the  initial  year  the  system  is  sold.    Revenue  is  recognized  on  the  system  sale  based  on  shipping  terms,  installation 
revenue  is  recognized  after  the  installation  is  performed,  and  hardware  service  and  support  and  software  maintenance 
revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the agreement, typically one year. 

When  we  sell  software  separately,  we  recognize  software  revenue  upon  shipment  provided  that  only  inconsequential 
obligations remain on our part and substantive acceptance conditions, if any, have been met. 

We  recognize  revenue  when  persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement  exists,  shipment  has  occurred,  the  price  is  fixed  or 
determinable,  the  buyer  has  paid  or  is  obligated  to  pay,  collectability  is  reasonably  assured,  substantive  acceptance 
conditions, if any, have been met, the obligation is not contingent on resale of the product, the buyer’s obligation would 
not be changed in the event of theft, physical destruction or damage to the product, the buyer acquiring the product for 
resale has economic substance apart from us and we do not have significant obligations for future performance to directly 
bring about the resale of the product by the buyer.  We establish a reserve for sales returns based on historical trends in 
product returns and estimates for new items. 

We  transfer  certain  products  out  of  service  from  their  internal  use  and  make  them  available  for  sale.    The  products 
transferred are our standard products in one of the following areas: service loaners, rental or  test units; engineering test 
units; or sales demonstration equipment.  Once transferred, the equipment  is sold by our regular  sales channels as used 
equipment  inventory.  These product units often involve  refurbishing and an equipment  warranty, and are conducted as 
sales in our normal and ordinary course of business.  The transfer amount is the product unit’s net book value and the sale 
transaction is accounted for as revenue and cost of goods sold. 

Allowance  for  Doubtful  Accounts:    We  base  the  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  receivable  on  our  assessment  of  the 
collectability  of  specific  customer  accounts  and  the  aging  of  accounts  receivable.    If  there  is  deterioration  of  a  major 
customer’s credit worthiness or actual defaults are higher than historical experience, our estimates of the recoverability of 
amounts due to us could be adversely affected.   

Inventory:  Inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market.    Adjustments  are  made  to  standard  cost,  which 
approximates  actual  cost  on  a  first-in,  first-out  basis.    We  estimate  reductions  to  inventory  for  obsolete,  slow-moving, 
excess  and  non-salable  inventory  by  reviewing  current  transactions  and  forecasted  product  demand.    We  evaluate  our 
inventories  on  an  item  by  item  basis  and  record  inventory  adjustments  accordingly.    If  there  is  a  significant  decrease  in 
demand for our products, uncertainty during product line transitions, or a higher risk of inventory obsolescence because of 
rapidly changing technology and customer requirements, we may be required to increase our inventory adjustments and 
our gross margin could be adversely affected.   

Warranty Accruals:   We accrue for  warranty costs based  on the expected material and labor costs to  fulfill our warranty 
obligations.    If  we  experience  an  increase  in  warranty  claims,  which  are  higher  than  our  historical  experience,  our  gross 
margin could be adversely affected.   

Tax Valuation Allowances:   Given the uncertainty created  by our loss history, as well as the  ongoing uncertain  economic 
outlook for our industry and capital and geographic spending, we expect to continue to limit the recognition of net deferred 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
tax assets and accounting for uncertain tax positions and maintain the tax valuation allowances.   At the current time, we 
expect, therefore, that reversals of the tax valuation allowance will take place only as we are able to take advantage of the 
underlying tax loss or other attributes in carry forward.  The transfer pricing and expense or cost sharing arrangements are 
complex areas where judgments, such as the determination of arms-length arrangements, can be subject to challenges by 
different tax jurisdictions.   

Share-based Compensation:  We account for share-based awards made to our employees and directors, including employee 
stock option awards and restricted stock unit awards, using the estimated grant date fair value method of accounting.  For 
options,  we  estimate  the  fair  value  using  the  Black-Scholes  valuation  model  and  an  estimated  forfeiture  rate,  which 
requires  the  input  of  highly  subjective  assumptions,  including  the  option’s  expected  life  and  the  price  volatility  of  the 
underlying  stock.    The  expected  stock  price  volatility  assumption  was  determined  using  the  historical  volatility  of  our 
common  stock.    Changes  in  the  subjective  assumptions  required  in  the  valuation  model  may  significantly  affect  the 
estimated value of the awards, the related stock-based compensation expense and, consequently, our results of operations.  
Restricted stock unit awards are valued based on the average of the high and low price on the date of the grant.   For both 
options and restricted awards, expense is recognized as compensation expense on the straight-line basis.  Employee Stock 
Purchase  Plan  (“ESPP”)  shares  were  issued  under  provisions  that  do  not  require  us  to  record  any  equity  compensation 
expense. 

21 

 
 
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS: 

NET SALES 

Net sales by product line 
(in thousands) 
Automated programming systems 
Non-automated programming systems 
Total programming systems 

Net sales by location 
(in thousands) 
United States 
% of total 
International 
% of total 

2016 

Change 

2015 

$18,274  
5,139  
$23,413  

9.5% 
(3.5%) 
6.3% 

$16,692  
5,325  
$22,017  

2016 

Change 

2015 

$2,936  
12.5% 
$20,477  
87.5% 

31.7% 

3.5% 

$2,229  
10.1% 
$19,788  
89.9% 

Net  sales  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016  grew  approximately  6.3%  to  $23.4  million  compared  to  2015.    On  a 
regional basis, net sales increased approximately 9.0% in Asia and 13.0% in the Americas, while net  sales in Europe were 
approximately  the  same  compared  to  2015.    Automated  system  sales  grew  approximately  9.5%,  while  non-automated 
system  sales  declined  approximately  3.5%  compared  to  2015,  reflecting  the  continuing  trend  toward  automation.    We 
expect to continue to see increases in automated system sales.  On a product basis, sales increased primarily due to sales of 
our  PSV  and  Roadrunner  product  families,  offset  in  part,  by  declines  in  the  PS,  FLX,  FlashPak  and  legacy  (Unifamily  and 
Sprint) product lines compared to 2015.   

Order  bookings  were  $26.9  million  for  2016  up  approximately  33.0%  compared  to  $20.3  million  in  2015.    Backlog  at 
December  31,  2016  and  2015  was  $3.2  million  and  $0.7  million,  respectively.    Deferred  revenue  was  $1.9  million  on 
December 31, 2016 compared to $1.0 million December 31, 2015. 

GROSS MARGIN 

(in thousands) 
Gross margin 
Percentage of net sales 

2016 

Change 

2015 

$12,868  
55.0% 

11.5% 

$11,544  
52.4% 

Gross margin as a percentage of sales for the year ended December 31, 2016 was 55.0%, compared to 52.4% in 2015. The 
improved gross margin as a percent of sales was primarily due to a favorable product mix as well as higher order volume.     

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT 

(in thousands) 
Research and development 
Percentage of net sales 

2016 

Change 

2015 

$5,065  
21.6% 

7.7% 

$4,701  
21.4% 

Research and development (“R&D”) expense increased $364,000 for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015.  
The increase was primarily related to higher recruiting and related compensation and benefits, intellectual property patent 
filings, and depreciation costs offset in part by lower R&D material costs. 

We  believe  it  is  essential  to  invest  in  R&D  to  significantly  enhance  our  existing  products  and  to  create  new  products  as 
markets develop and technologies change.  In addition to product development, a  significant  part  of R&D spending is on 
creating software and support for new devices introduced by the semiconductor companies.  We are currently focusing our 
research  and  development  efforts  on  strategic  growth  markets,  including  automotive  electronics  and  IoT.  We  are 
developing technology to securely program new categories of semiconductors, including Secure Elements, Authentication 
Chips, and Secure Microcontrollers. We plan to deliver new programming technology and automated handling systems for 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
managed and secure programming in the manufacturing environment and extending the capabilities and support for our 
programmer  architecture.    Our  R&D  spending  fluctuates  based  on  the  number,  type,  and  the  development  stage  of  our 
product initiatives and projects.   

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE 

(in thousands) 
Selling, general & administrative 
Percentage of net sales 

2016 

Change 

2015 

$6,376  
27.2% 

9.0% 

$5,850  
26.6% 

Selling,  General  and  Administrative  (“SG&A”)  expenses  increased  $526,000  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016 
compared to 2015.  The increase was primarily related to higher employee related costs, commissions, accounts receivable 
reserve and legal fees, offset in part by one-time expense of our Redmond headquarters move in 2015 and lower travel, 
trade show events and rent. 

INTEREST 

(in thousands) 
Interest income 

2016 

Change 

2015 

$44  

(58.1%) 

$105  

Interest income was lower for the year ended December 31, 2016 compared to 2015, primarily due to both lower invested 
cash balances and lower interest rates. 

INCOME TAXES 

(in thousands) 
Income tax (expense) benefit 

*  not meaningful 

2016 

Change 

2015 

($36) 

* 

$5  

Income  tax  expense  increased  by  $42,000  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016  compared  to  2015,  primarily  resulting 
from  U.S.  alternative  minimum  income  tax  as  well  as  foreign  subsidiary  income  tax  versus  foreign  subsidiary  refunds  in 
2015. 

The  effective  tax  rate  differed  from  the  statutory  tax  rate  primarily  due  to  the  effect  of  valuation  allowances,  as  well  as 
foreign  taxes.    We  have  a  valuation  allowance  of  $11.2  million  and  $11.7  million  as  of  December  31,  2016  and  2015, 
respectively.  Our deferred tax assets and valuation allowance have been reduced by approximately $226,000 and $210,000 
associated with the requirements of accounting for uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  
Given the uncertainty created by our loss history, as well as the  ongoing uncertain economic outlook  for our industry as 
well  as  capital  and  geographic  spending,  we  expect  to  continue  to  limit  the  recognition  of  net  deferred  tax  assets  and 
accounting for uncertain tax positions and maintain the tax valuation allowances. 

GAIN ON SALE OF ASSETS 

During the year, we sold non-core and excess internet domain addresses, resulting in a non-operating gain of $140,000 net 
of commissions.  Blocks of these were purchased for nominal amounts in the early days of the internet and were expensed 
at that time.  Continued similar sales are planned in 2017. 

INFLATION AND CHANGES IN FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATES 

Sales and expenses incurred by foreign subsidiaries are denominated in the subsidiary’s local currency and translated into 
U.S. Dollar amounts at average rates of exchange during the year.  We recognized foreign currency transaction gains and 
(losses) of $81,000 and ($176,000) in 2016 and 2015, respectively.  The transaction gains or losses resulted primarily from 
translation adjustments to foreign inter-company accounts and U.S. Dollar accounts held by foreign subsidiaries and sales 
by our German subsidiary to certain customers, which were invoiced in U.S. Dollars.  Because approximately 88.0% of our 
sales are to international markets, volatile exchange rates may also impact our competiveness and margins. 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FINANCIAL CONDITION: 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES 

(in thousands) 
Working capital 

2016 

Change 

2015 

$14,573  

$750  

$13,823  

At  December  31,  2016,  our  principal  sources  of  liquidity  consisted  of  existing  cash  and  cash  equivalents.    Our  working 
capital increased by $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2016 to $14.6 million primarily due to the net income for 
the year offset in in part by growth of accounts receivable & inventory.  Our current ratio was 3.3 and 4.1 for December 31, 
2016 and 2015, respectively. 

For the year ended December 31, 2016, our cash position increased $303,000 primarily resulting from net income for the 
year, offset in part by investing activities and repurchases of stock under the share repurchase program. 

Although  we  have  no  significant  external  capital  expenditure  plans  currently,  we  expect  that  we  will  continue  to  make 
capital expenditures to support our business.  We plan to increase our investment on internally developed equipment used 
for  services,  rentals,  sales  demonstration  and  test  equipment  as  we  develop  and  release  new  products.    Capital 
expenditures are expected to be funded by existing and internally generated funds or lease financing. 

As  a  result  of  our  significant  product  development,  customer  support,  selling  and  marketing  efforts,  we  have  required 
substantial  working  capital  to  fund  our  operations.    In  2016  and  recent  years,  we  have  managed  balancing  profitable 
operations,  while  addressing  rising  costs  and  foreign  exchange  rate  challenges.    This  included  geographic  shifts  in  our 
operations, optimized real estate usage strategies and differentiated product development and cost strategies. 

We believe that we have sufficient cash or working capital available under our operating plan to fund our operations and 
capital requirements through at least the next one year period.  We may require additional cash for U.S. operations, which 
could  cause  potential  repatriation  of  cash  from  the  $5.6  million  held  in  our  foreign  subsidiaries.    Although  we  have  no 
current repatriation plans, there may be tax and other impediments to any repatriation actions.  Our working capital may 
be used to fund possible losses, business growth, project initiatives, share repurchases and business development initiatives 
including  acquisitions,  which  could  reduce  our  liquidity  and  result  in  a  requirement  for  additional  cash  before  that  time.  
Any substantial inability to achieve our current business plan could have a material adverse impact on our financial position, 
liquidity, or results of operations and may require us to reduce expenditures and/or seek additional financing. 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS 

Except  as  noted  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  in  Note  6,  “Operating  Lease  Commitments”  and 
Note 7, “Other Commitments”, we had no off-balance sheet arrangements. 

SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAMS 

On February 24, 2016, our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program with provisions to buy back up to $1 
million of our stock during the period from March 2, 2016 through March  31, 2017.  The program was established with a 
10b5-1 plan under the Exchange Act to provide flexibility to make purchases throughout the period.  For the year ended 
December 31, 2016, 80,345 shares of stock have been repurchased at an average price of $2.36 for a total of $189,360 plus 
$1,649 in commissions and charges. 

No stock repurchase programs were in effect during the twelve month period ending December 31, 2015. 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following is a summary of share repurchase activity under the plan through December 31, 2016: 

Repurchases by 
Month 

Total 
Number of 
Shares 
Purchased 

Average Price 
Paid per Share 

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased as 
Part of 
Publicly 
Announced 
Repurchase 
Program 

Approximate 
Dollar Value of 
Shares that 
May Yet Be 
Purchased 
under the 
Program 

March 2016 
April 2016 
May 2016 
June 2016 
July 2016 
Total 

42,515  
8,480  
7,650  
15,200  
6,500  
80,345  

$2.26  
$2.35  
$2.52  
$2.45  
$2.61  
$2.36  

42,515  
8,480  
7,650  
15,200  
6,500  
80,345  

$903,161  
$883,064  
$863,602  
$826,078  
$808,991  

NON-GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (GAAP) FINANCIAL MEASURES  

Earnings  Before  Interest,  Taxes,  Depreciation,  and  Amortization  (“EBITDA”)  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  excluding  equity 
compensation (a non-cash item) are set forth below.  Non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered a substitute 
for, or superior to, measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with GAAP.  We believe that these non-GAAP 
financial  measures  provide  meaningful  supplemental  information  regarding  our  results  and  facilitate  the  comparison  of 
results.  A reconciliation of net income to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA follows: 

 (in thousands)  

Net Income 
   Interest (income) 
   Taxes 
   Depreciation & amortization 
EBITDA earnings 

   Equity compensation 
Adjusted EBITDA earnings excluding  

   equity compensation 

NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS 

Year Ended December  31, 

2016 

2015 

$1,656  
(44) 
36  
602  
$2,250  

520  

$2,770  

$927  
(105) 
(5) 
542  
$1,359  

435  

$1,794  

In  March  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-09, Compensation-Stock  Compensation  (ASU  2016-09),  “Improvements  to 
Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting”.  ASU 2016-09 requires excess tax benefits to be recognized in the statement 
of operations as an income tax expense and is applied prospectively by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment of excess 
tax  benefits  from  equity  in  the  period  of  adoption.  The  standard  establishes  an  alternative  practical  expedient  for 
estimating  the  expected  term  of  an  award  by  recognizing  the  effects  of  forfeitures  in  compensation  cost  when  the 
forfeitures  occur.  Adoption  of  the  alternative  practical  expedient  is  applied  prospectively  on  an  entity-wide  basis.  The 
standard  requires  that  amounts  paid  to  a  taxing  authority  on  the  employee’s  behalf  as  a  result  of  directly  withholding 
shares for tax-withholding purposes are to be presented on a retrospective basis as a financing activity on the statement of 
cash flows. The standard becomes effective beginning January 1, 2017. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of 
adoption on our consolidated financial statements. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases” (ASU 2016-02).  ASU 2016-02 requires lessees to recognize almost 
all leases on the balance sheet as a right-of-use asset and a lease liability and requires leases to be classified as either an 
operating  or  a  finance  type  lease.  The  standard  excludes  leases  of  intangible  assets  or  inventory.  Early  adoption  of  the 
standard is allowed. The standard becomes effective beginning January 1, 2019.  We are in the process of evaluating the 
impact of adoption on our consolidated financial statements. 

In  May  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2014-09, “Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers” (ASU  2014-09).    ASU  2014-09 
provides companies with a single model for accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes 
current  revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific revenue guidance. The core principle of the model is to 
recognize  revenue  when  control  of  the  goods  or  services  transfers  to  the  customer,  as  opposed  to  recognizing  revenue 
when the risks and rewards transfer to the customer under the existing revenue guidance.  In August 2015, the FASB issued 
ASU 2015-14, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”  (ASU  2015-14), deferring the effective date of the new revenue 
recognition standard by one year and now takes effect for public entities in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017.  
We currently expect to adopt the revenue standards as of January 1, 2018, utilizing the modified retrospective transition 
method.  The  new  standard  may,  in  certain  circumstances,  impact  the  timing  of  when  revenue  is  recognized  for  product 
shipped, and the timing and classification of certain sales incentives.  We have begun to evaluate the potential impact of 
the  adoption  on  our  consolidated  financial  statements,  but  at  this  time  the  impact  is  unknown.    We  will  expand  our 
evaluation to identify all our revenue streams and determine when each source of revenue meets the five requirements for 
revenue recognition.  We will monitor updated guidance on adopting this new standard.  

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Not applicable. 

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

See pages 27 through 44. 

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF  INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Board of Directors and Stockholders 

Data I/O Corporation 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Data I/O Corporation (a Washington corporation) and 
subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, 
comprehensive income (loss),  stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 
31, 2016. Our audits of the basic consolidated financial statements included the financial statement schedule listed in the 
index  appearing  under  Item  15  (Schedule  II).  These  financial  statements  and  financial  statement  schedule  are  the 
responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and 
financial statement schedule based on our audits. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 
States).  Those  standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the 
financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement.  We  were  not  engaged  to  perform  an  audit  of  the  Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a 
basis  for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but  not  for the purpose of expressing an 
opinion  on  the  effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  Accordingly,  we  express  no  such 
opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating 
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial 
position of Data I/O Corporation and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the results of their operations and 
their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2016 in conformity with accounting principles 
generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when 
considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material 
respects, the information set forth therein. 

/s/GRANT THORNTON LLP 

Seattle, Washington 
March 28, 2017 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DATA I/O CORPORATION 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(in thousands, except share data) 

ASSETS 
CURRENT ASSETS: 

Cash and cash equivalents  
Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for 
         doubtful accounts of $96 and $43, respectively 
Inventories 
Other current assets 

TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS 

Property, plant and equipment – net 
Other assets 

TOTAL ASSETS 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
CURRENT LIABILITIES: 
Accounts payable 
Accrued compensation  
Deferred revenue 
Other accrued liabilities 

TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES 

Long-term other payables 

COMMITMENTS 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Preferred stock - 

Authorized, 5,000,000 shares, including 
200,000 shares of Series A Junior Participating 
Issued and outstanding, none 

Common stock, at stated value - 

Authorized, 30,000,000 shares 
Issued and outstanding, 8,015,746 shares as of December 31, 
2016 and 7,943,720 shares as of December 31, 2015 

Accumulated (deficit) 
Accumulated other comprehensive  income 

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

See notes to consolidated financial statements 

28 

December 31, 
2016 

December 31, 
2015 

$11,571  

$11,268  

4,725  
4,059  
483  
20,838  

1,875  
63  
$22,776  

$1,428  
2,208  
1,926  
703  
6,265  

479  

-  

2,790  
3,705  
577  
18,340  

1,237  
63  
$19,640  

$1,250  
1,689  
1,038  
540  
4,517  

429  

-  

-  

-  

19,204  

(3,360) 
188  
16,032  
$22,776  

19,051  

(5,016) 
659  
14,694  
$19,640  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
DATA I/O CORPORATION 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(in thousands, except per share amounts) 

Net Sales 
Cost of goods sold 
Gross margin 

Operating expenses: 

Research and development 
Selling, general and administrative 

Total operating expenses 
Operating income 
Non-operating income (expense): 

Interest income 
Gain on sale of assets 
Foreign currency transaction gain (loss) 
Total non-operating income (expense) 

Income before income taxes  
Income tax (expense) benefit  
Net income 

Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 
Weighted-average basic shares 
Weighted-average diluted shares  

See notes to consolidated financial statements 

For the Years Ended 
December 31, 

2016 

2015 

$23,413  
10,545  
12,868  

5,065  
6,376  
11,441  
1,427  

44  
140  
81  
265  
1,692  
(36) 
$1,656  

$0.21  
$0.20  
7,968  
8,132  

$22,017  
10,473  
11,544  

4,701  
5,850  
10,551  
993  

105  
-  
(176) 
(71) 
922  
5  
$927  

$0.12  
$0.12  
7,907  
8,054  

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DATA I/O CORPORATION 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) 
(in thousands) 

Net Income 
Other comprehensive income: 
Foreign currency translation (loss) 
Comprehensive income 

For the Years Ended 
December 31, 

2016 

2015 

$1,656  

(471) 
$1,185  

$927  

(451) 
$476  

30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DATA I/O CORPORATION 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY 
(in thousands, except share amounts) 

Common Stock 

Shares 

Amount 

Retained 
Earnings 
(Deficit) 

Accumulated 
and Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss) 

Total 
Stockholders' 
Equity 

Balance at December 31, 2014 
Stock options exercised 
Stock awards issued, net of tax 
   withholding 
Issuance of stock through: 
    Employee Stock Purchase Plan 
Share-based compensation 
Net income 
Other comprehensive income (loss) 
Balance at December 31, 2015 

Stock options exercised 
Repurchased shares 
Stock awards issued, net of tax 
   withholding 
Issuance of stock through: 
    Employee Stock Purchase Plan 
Share-based compensation 
Net income 
Other comprehensive income (loss) 
Balance at December 31, 2016 

7,861,141  
1,360  

$18,704  
(2) 

($5,943) 
-  

77,226  

(83) 

-  

3,993  
-  
-  
-  
7,943,720  

30,948  
(80,345) 

118,737  

2,686  
-  
-  
-  
8,015,746  

12  
420  
-  
-  
$19,051  

(81) 
(191) 

(87) 

6  
506  
-  
-  
$19,204  

-  
-  
927  
-  
($5,016) 

-  

-  
-  
1,656  
-  
($3,360) 

$1,110  
-  

-  

-  
-  
-  
(451) 
$659  

-  

-  
-  
-  
(471) 
$188  

$13,871  
(2) 

(83) 

12  
420  
927  
(451) 
$14,694  

(81) 
(191) 

(87) 

6  
506  
1,656  
(471) 
$16,032  

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DATA I/O CORPORATION  
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(in thousands) 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES: 

Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income 
to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: 

Depreciation and amortization 
Gain on sale of assets 
Equipment transferred to cost of goods sold 
Share-based compensation 
Net change in: 

Trade accounts receivable 
Inventories 
Other current assets 
Accrued cost of business restructuring 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 
Deferred revenue 
Other long-term liabilities 

     Net cash provided by operating activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES: 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment 
Net proceeds from sale of assets 

Cash (used in) investing activities 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES: 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of tax withholding 
Repurchase of common stock 

Cash provided by (used in) financing activities 

For the Years Ended 
December 31, 

2016 

2015 

$1,656  

$927  

602  
(140) 
882  
520  

(2,051) 
(452) 
73  
-  
869  
951  
48  

2,958  

(2,122) 
140  
(1,982) 

(163) 
(191) 
(354) 

542  
-  
192  
435  

1,204  
645  
(169) 
(66) 
20  
(652) 
289  

3,367  

(1,045) 
-  
(1,045) 

(73) 
-  
(73) 

Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

622  

2,249  

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash 
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period 

(319) 
11,268  
$11,571  

(342) 
9,361  
$11,268  

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: 
Cash paid during the period for: 
    Income Taxes 

See notes to consolidated financial statements 

$7  

($13) 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DATA I/O CORPORATION 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

NOTE 1 – SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Nature of Operations 

Data I/O  Corporation  (“Data  I/O”,  “We”,  “Our”,  “Us”)  designs,  manufactures  and  sells  programming  systems  used  by 
designers and  manufacturers of electronic products.  Our  programming  system products are used to program integrated 
circuits  (“ICs”  or  “devices”  or  “semiconductors”)  with  the  specific  unique  data  necessary  for  the  ICs  contained  in  various 
products, and are an important tool for the electronics industry experiencing growing use of programmable ICs.  Customers 
for our programming  system  products are located around the world, primarily  in the Far East,  Europe and the  Americas.  
Our manufacturing operations are currently located in Redmond, Washington, United States and Shanghai, China. 

Principles of Consolidation 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Data I/O  Corporation  and  our  wholly-owned  subsidiaries.  
Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of 
America  (“U.S.  GAAP”)  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of 
assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements,  and  the 
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates. 

Significant estimates include: 
  Revenue Recognition 
  Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 
 
  Warranty Accruals 
 
 

Tax Valuation Allowances 
Share-based Compensation 

Inventory 

Foreign Currency Translation 

Assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date.  Revenues, costs 
and  expenses  of  foreign  subsidiaries  are  translated  at  average  rates  of  exchange  prevailing  during  the  year.    Translation 
adjustments resulting from this process are charged or credited to stockholders’ equity, net of taxes recognized.  Realized 
and  unrealized  gains  and  losses  resulting  from  the  effects  of  changes  in  exchange  rates  on  assets  and  liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies are included in non-operating expense as foreign currency transaction gains and losses. 

Cash and Cash Equivalents 

All highly liquid investments  purchased with an original maturity of  90 days or less are considered cash equivalents.  We 
maintain our cash and cash equivalents with major financial institutions in the United States of America, which are insured 
by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  (FDIC),  and  foreign  jurisdictions.   Deposits  in  U.S.  banks  exceed  the  FDIC 
insurance limit.  We have not experienced any losses on our cash and cash equivalents.  Cash and cash equivalents held in 
foreign bank accounts, primarily China, Germany and Canada, totaled (in millions) $5.6 at December 31, 2016 and $6.2 at 
December 31, 2015. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments 

Certain financial instruments are carried at cost on the consolidated balance sheets, which approximates fair value due to 
their short-term, highly liquid nature.  These instruments include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts 
payable and accrued expenses, and other short-term liabilities. 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounts Receivable 

The  majority  of  our  accounts  receivable  are  due  from  companies  in  the  electronics  manufacturing  industries.    Credit  is 
extended  based  on  an  evaluation  of  a  customer’s  financial  condition  and,  generally,  collateral  is  not  required.    Accounts 
receivable are typically due within 30 to 60 days and are stated at amounts due from customers net of an allowance for 
doubtful accounts.  Accounts receivable outstanding longer than the contractual payment terms are considered past due.  
We determine the allowance by considering a number of factors, including the length of time trade accounts receivable are 
past  due,  the  industry  and  geographic  payment  practices  involved,  our  previous  bad  debt  experience,  the  customer’s 
current  ability to pay their obligation to  us, and the condition of the general  economy and the industry as a  whole.   We 
write  off  accounts  receivable  when  they  become  uncollectible,  and  payments  subsequently  received  on  such  receivables 
are  credited  to  the  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts.    Interest  may  be  accrued,  at  the  discretion  of  management  and 
according to our standard sales terms, beginning on the day after the due date of the receivable.  However, interest income 
is subsequently recognized on these accounts either to the extent cash is received, or when the future collection of interest 
and the receivable balance is considered probable by management. 

Inventories 

Inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market  with  cost  being  the  currently  adjusted  standard  cost,  which 
approximates  cost  on a first-in, first-out basis.  We estimate changes to inventory for obsolete,  slow-moving, excess and 
non-salable inventory by reviewing current transactions and forecasted product demand.  We evaluate our inventories on 
an item by item basis and record an adjustment (lower of cost or market) accordingly. 

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant  and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost  and depreciation is calculated over 
the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  related  assets  or  lease  terms  on  the  straight-line  basis.    We  depreciate  substantially  all 
manufacturing and office equipment  over periods of  three to seven years.   We depreciate leasehold improvements over 
the remaining portion of the lease or over the expected life of the asset if less than the remaining term of the lease. 

We regularly review all of our property, plant and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances 
indicate  that  the  carrying  value  may  not  be  recoverable.    If  the  total  of  future  undiscounted  cash  flows  is  less  than  the 
carrying amount of these assets, an impairment loss, if any, based on the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value 
of the assets, is recorded.  Based on this evaluation,  no impairment was noted for property, plant and equipment for the 
years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.   

Patent Costs 

We expense external costs, such as filing fees and associated attorney fees, incurred to obtain initial patents, but capitalize 
acquired  patents  as  intangible  assets.  We  also  expense  costs  associated  with  maintaining  and  defending  patents 
subsequent to their issuance. 

Income Taxes 

Income  taxes  are  computed  at  current  enacted  tax  rates,  less  tax  credits  using  the  asset  and  liability  method.    Deferred 
taxes are adjusted both for items that do not have tax consequences and for the cumulative effect of any changes in tax 
rates from those previously  used to determine deferred tax assets or liabilities.  Tax provisions include amounts that are 
currently payable, changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities that arise because of temporary differences between the 
timing  of  when  items  of  income  and  expense  are  recognized  for  financial  reporting  and  income  tax  purposes,  and  any 
changes in the valuation allowance caused by a change in judgment about the reliability of the related deferred tax assets.  
A valuation allowance is established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to amounts expected to be realized.   

Share-Based Compensation 

All stock-based compensation awards are measured based on estimated fair values on the date of grant and recognized as 
compensation expense on the straight-line single-option method.  Our share-based compensation is reduced for estimated 
forfeitures  at  the  time  of  grant  and  revised  as  necessary  in  subsequent  periods  if  actual  forfeitures  differ  from  those 
estimates.   

Revenue Recognition 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  recognize  revenue  at  the  time  the  product  is  shipped.    We  have  determined  that  our  programming  equipment  has 
reached  a  point  of  maturity  and  stability  such  that  product  acceptance  can  be  assured  by  testing  at  the  factory  prior  to 
shipment  and  that  the  installation  meets  the  criteria  to  be  considered  a  separate  element.    These  systems  are  standard 
products  with  published  product  specifications  and  are  configurable  with  standard  options.    The  evidence  that  these 
systems could be deemed as accepted was based upon having standardized  factory production of the units, results from 
batteries  of  tests  of  product  performance  to  our  published  specifications,  quality 
installation 
standardization, as well as past product operation validation with the customer and the history provided by our installed 
base of products upon which the current versions were based. 

inspections  and 

The revenue related to products requiring installation that is perfunctory is recognized at the time of shipment.  Installation 
that is considered perfunctory includes any installation that can be performed by other parties, such as distributors, other 
vendors, or in most cases the customers themselves.  This takes into account the complexity, skill and training needed as 
well as customer expectations regarding installation. 

We  enter  into  multiple  deliverables  arrangements  that  arise  during  the  sale  of  a  system  that  includes  an  installation 
component,  a  service  and  support  component  and  a  software  maintenance  component.    We  allocate  the  value  of  each 
element based on relative selling prices.  Relative selling price is based on the selling price of the standalone  system.  For 
the  installation  and  service  and  support  components,  we  use  what  we  charge  to  distributors  who  perform  these 
components.  For software maintenance components, we use what we charge for annual software maintenance renewals 
after  the  initial  year  the  system  is  sold.    Revenue  is  recognized  on  the  system  sale  based  on  shipping  terms,  installation 
revenue  is  recognized  after  the  installation  is  performed,  and  hardware  service  and  support  and  software  maintenance 
revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the agreement, typically one year. 

When  we  sell  software  separately,  we  recognize  software  revenue  upon  shipment  provided  that  only  inconsequential 
obligations remain on our part and substantive acceptance conditions, if any, have been met. 

We  recognize  revenue  when  persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement  exists,  shipment  has  occurred,  the  price  is  fixed  or 
determinable,  the  buyer  has  paid  or  is  obligated  to  pay,  collectability  is  reasonably  assured,  substantive  acceptance 
conditions, if any, have been met, the obligation is not contingent on resale of the product, the buyer’s obligation would 
not be changed in the event of theft, physical destruction or damage to the product, the buyer acquiring the product for 
resale has economic substance apart from us and we do not have significant obligations for future performance to directly 
bring about the resale of the product by the buyer.  We establish a reserve for sales returns based on historical trends in 
product returns and estimates for new items. 

Sales were recorded net of actual sales returns and changes to the associated sales return reserve.  Sales return reserves 
were $50,000 and $61,000 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.   

We  transfer  certain  products  out  of  service  from  their  internal  use  and  make  them  available  for  sale.    The  products 
transferred are our standard products in one of the following areas: service loaners, rental or test units; engineering test 
units; or sales demonstration equipment.  Once transferred, the equipment  is sold by our regular  sales channels as used 
equipment  inventory.  These product units often involve  refurbishing and an equipment  warranty, and are conducted as 
sales in our normal and ordinary course of business.  The transfer amount is the product unit’s net book value and the sale 
transaction is accounted for as revenue and cost of goods sold. 

Research and Development 

Research and development costs are generally expensed as incurred. 

Advertising Expense 

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.  Total advertising expenses were approximately $108,000 and $137,000 in 2016 
and 2015, respectively. 

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warranty Expense 

We  record  a  liability  for  an  estimate  of  costs  that  we  expect  to  incur  under  our  basic  limited  warranty  when  product 
revenue  is  recognized.    Factors  affecting  our  warranty  liability  include  the  number  of  units  sold  and  historical  and 
anticipated  rates  of  claims  and  costs  per  claim.    We  normally  provide  a  warranty  for  our  products  against  defects  for 
periods ranging from ninety days to one year.  We provide for the estimated cost that may be incurred under our product 
warranties and periodically assess the adequacy of our warranty liability based on changes in the above factors.  We record 
revenues on extended warranties on a straight-line basis over the term of the related warranty contracts.  Service costs are 
expensed as incurred.   

Earnings (Loss) Per Share 

Basic earnings (loss) per share exclude any dilutive effects of stock options.  Basic earnings (loss) per share are computed 
using  the  weighted-average  number  of  common  shares  outstanding  during  the  period.    Diluted  earnings  per  share  are 
computed using the weighted-average number of common shares and common stock equivalent shares outstanding during 
the period.  The common stock equivalent shares from equity awards used in calculating diluted earnings per share  were 
164,000  and  147,000  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2016  and  2015,  respectively.    Options  to  purchase  117,352  and 
166,720  shares  of  common  stock  were  outstanding  as  of  December  31,  2016  and  2015,  respectively,  but  were  excluded 
from the computation of diluted EPS for the period then ended because the options were anti-dilutive.   

Diversification of Credit Risk 

Financial instruments,  which  potentially  subject  us to concentrations of credit risk, consist  primarily  of trade receivables.  
Our trade receivables are geographically dispersed and include customers in many different industries.  As of December 31, 
2016, three customers accounted for greater than 10% of our consolidated accounts receivable balance:  Bosch and Arrow 
our  direct  customers,  and  Data  Copy  Limited,  our  distributor  in  China,  represented  30%,  16%  and  14%  of  that  balance, 
respectively.  Our consolidated accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 includes foreign accounts 
receivable in the functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries amounting to $2,554,000 and $569,000, respectively.  We 
generally do business with our foreign distributors in U.S. Dollars.  We believe that risk of loss is significantly reduced due to 
the diversity of our end-customers and geographic sales areas.  We perform on-going credit evaluations of our customers’ 
financial condition and require collateral, such as letters of credit and bank guarantees, or prepayment whenever deemed 
necessary. 

New Accounting Pronouncements 

In  March  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-09, Compensation-Stock  Compensation  (ASU  2016-09),  “Improvements  to 
Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting”.  ASU 2016-09 requires excess tax benefits to be recognized in the statement 
of operations as an income tax expense and is applied prospectively by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment of excess 
tax  benefits  from  equity  in  the  period  of  adoption.  The  standard  establishes  an  alternative  practical  expedient  for 
estimating  the  expected  term  of  an  award  by  recognizing  the  effects  of  forfeitures  in  compensation  cost  when  the 
forfeitures  occur.  Adoption  of  the  alternative  practical  expedient  is  applied  prospectively  on  an  entity-wide  basis.  The 
standard  requires  that  amounts  paid  to  a  taxing  authority  on  the  employee’s  behalf  as  a  result  of  directly  withholding 
shares for tax-withholding purposes are to be presented on a retrospective basis as a financing activity on the statement of 
cash flows. The standard becomes effective beginning January 1, 2017. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of 
adoption on our consolidated financial statements. 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases” (ASU 2016-02).  ASU 2016-02 requires lessees to recognize almost 
all leases on the balance sheet as a right-of-use asset and a lease liability and requires leases to be classified as either an 
operating  or  a  finance  type  lease.  The  standard  excludes  leases  of  intangible  assets  or  inventory.  Early  adoption  of  the 
standard is allowed. The standard becomes effective beginning January 1, 2019.   We are in the process of evaluating the 
impact of adoption on our consolidated financial statements. 

In  May  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2014-09, “Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers” (ASU  2014-09).    ASU  2014-09 
provides companies with a single model for accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes 
current  revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific revenue guidance. The core principle of the model is to 
recognize  revenue  when  control  of  the  goods  or  services  transfers  to  the  customer,  as  opposed  to  recognizing  revenue 
when the risks and rewards transfer to the customer under the existing revenue guidance.  In August 2015, the FASB issued 
ASU 2015-14, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers”  (ASU 2015-14), deferring the effective date of the new revenue 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
recognition standard by one year and now takes effect for public entities in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017.  
We currently expect to adopt the revenue standards as of January 1, 2018, utilizing the modified retrospective transition 
method.  The  new  standard  may,  in  certain  circumstances,  impact  the  timing  of  when  revenue  is  recognized  for  product 
shipped, and the timing and classification of certain sales incentives.  We have begun to evaluate the potential impact of 
the  adoption  on  our  consolidated  financial  statements,  but  at  this  time  the  impact  is  unknown.    We  will  expand  our 
evaluation to identify all our revenue streams and determine when each source of revenue meets the five requirements for 
revenue recognition.  We will monitor updated guidance on adopting this new standard. 

NOTE 2 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET 

Receivables consist of the following: 

 (in thousands)  

Trade accounts receivable 
Less allowance for doubtful receivables 
Trade accounts receivable, net 

December 31, 
2016 

December 31, 
2015 

$4,821  
96  
$4,725  

$2,833  
43  
$2,790  

Changes in Data I/O’s allowance for doubtful accounts are as follow: 

 (in thousands)  
Beginning balance 
Bad debt expense (reversal) 
Accounts written-off 
Recoveries 
Ending balance 

NOTE 3– INVENTORIES 

Inventories consisted of the following components: 

 (in thousands)  
Raw material 
Work-in-process 
Finished goods 
Inventories 

December 31, 
2016 

December 31, 
2015 

$43  
55  
(2) 
-  
$96  

$93  
(36) 
(14) 
-  
$43  

December 31, 
2016 

December 31, 
2015 

$2,402  
1,226  
431  
$4,059  

$2,262  
1,099  
344  
$3,705  

NOTE 4 – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, NET 

Property and equipment consisted of the following components: 

 (in thousands)  

 Leasehold improvements  
 Equipment  
 Sales demonstration equipment  

 Less accumulated depreciation  
 Property and equipment, net  

December 31, 
2016 

December 31, 
2015 

$376  
4,449  
1,158  
5,983  
4,108  
$1,875  

37 

$77  
4,482  
1,257  
5,816  
4,579  
$1,237  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total depreciation expense recorded for 2016 and 2015 was $602,000 and $542,000, respectively.  

NOTE 5 – OTHER ACCRUED LIABILITIES 

Other accrued liabilities consisted of the following components: 

 (in thousands)  

 Product warranty  
 Sales return reserve  
 Other taxes  
 Other  
 Other accrued liabilities  

December 31, 
2016 

December 31, 
2015 

$371  
50  
149  
133  
$703  

$368  
61  
92  
19  
$540  

The changes in our product warranty liability for the year ending December 31, 2016 are follows: 

 (in thousands)  
 Liability, beginning balance  
 Net expenses  
 Warranty claims  
 Accrual revisions  
 Liability, ending balance  

NOTE 6 –OPERATING LEASE COMMITMENTS 

December 31, 
2016 

$368  
755  
(797) 
45  
$371  

We have commitments under non-cancelable operating leases and other agreements, primarily for factory and office space, 
with initial or remaining terms of one year or more as follows: 

For the years ending December 31: 

 (in thousands)  

2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
2021 
Thereafter 
Total 

Operating 
Leases 

$872  
878  
906  
893  
484  
11  
$4,044  

Lease  and  rental  expense  was  $927,000  and  $955,000  in  2016  and  2015,  respectively.    Rent  expense  is  recorded  on  a 
straight line basis, over the term of the lease, for leases that contain fixed escalation clauses.   

During the second quarter of 2015, we amended our lease agreement for the Redmond, Washington headquarters facility 
effective July 8, 2015. The amended lease resulted in our headquarters relocating to a nearby building, extending the term 
through  April  2021,  lowering  the  square  footage  to  approximately  20,460,  providing  lease  inducement  incentives  and 
lowering the rental rate. The lease commitment of approximately $1.7 million will be paid over the term of the lease. As a 
result  of  this  lease  amendment,  the  remaining  balance  of  the  restructure  liability  relating  to  the  lease  of  approximately 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$120,000 was incorporated into our deferred rent liability in July 2015.  The lease base annual rental payments during 2016 
and 2015 were approximately $200,000 and $296,000, respectively. 

In addition to the Redmond facility, approximately 24,000 square feet is leased at two foreign locations, including our sales, 
service, operations and engineering office located in Shanghai, China, and our German sales, service and engineering office 
located in Munich, Germany. 

We renewed our lease agreement for what is now our former Shanghai, China facility, effective June 15, 2015, extending 
the term through December 31, 2015.  Operations continued in this facility through January 31, 2016.  In October 2015, we 
signed a lease agreement for a new facility located in Shanghai, China which was effective November 1, 2015 and extends 
through October 31, 2021.  The new lease approximately doubled our space to 19,400 square feet at approximately 54% of 
the prior lease rental rate.  The lease base annual rental payments during 2016 and 2015 were approximately $233,000 and 
$324,000, respectively. 

During  the  fourth  quarter  of  2016,  we  signed  a  lease  agreement  for  a  new  facility  located  in  Munich,  Germany  which  is 
effective  March 1, 2017 and extends through  February 28, 2022.  The new lease  will  slightly increase our space to  4,895 
square feet at approximately  the same cost per square foot as the current lease. The lease base annual rental payments 
during 2016 and 2015 were both approximately $61,000. 

NOTE 7 –OTHER COMMITMENTS 

We have purchase obligations for inventory and production costs as well as other obligations such as capital expenditures, 
service  contracts,  marketing,  and  development  agreements.    Arrangements  are  considered  purchase  obligations  if  a 
contract  specifies  all  significant  terms,  including  fixed  or  minimum  quantities  to  be  purchased,  a  pricing  structure  and 
approximate  timing  of  the  transaction.    Most  arrangements  are  cancelable  without  a  significant  penalty,  and  with  short 
notice,  typically  less  than  90  days.    At  December  31,  2016,  the  purchase  commitments  and  other  obligations  totaled 
$1,134,000 of which all but $33,000 are expected to be paid over the next twelve months. 

NOTE 8 – CONTINGENCIES 

As of December 31, 2016, we were not a party to any legal proceedings or aware of any indemnification agreement claims, 
the adverse outcome of which in management’s opinion, individually or in the aggregate, would have a  material adverse 
effect on our results of operations or financial position.   

NOTE 9 – STOCK AND RETIREMENT PLANS 

Stock Option Plans 

At  December  31,  2016,  there  were  537,586  shares  available  for  future  grant  under  Data  I/O  Corporation  2000  Stock 
Compensation Incentive Plan (“2000 Plan”).  At December 31, 2016 there were 840,850 shares of Common Stock reserved 
for issuance consisting of 600,850 under the 2000 plan and 240,000 under the inducement grant reserves.  Pursuant to this 
2000 Plan, options are granted to our officers and key employees with exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the 
Common Stock at the date of grant and generally vest over four years.  Options granted under the plans have a maximum 
term of six years from the date of grant.  Stock awards may also be granted under the 2000 Plan.  Inducement grants were 
made  in  2012  and  2013.    In  2012,  inducement  grants  were  made  to  our  chief  executive  officer  consisting  of  200,000 
options, of which 60,000 were exercised in 2016 and 75,000 restricted shares, of which 18,750 shares were issued in both 
2016 and 2015.  In 2013, an inducement grant was made to our chief technology officer consisting of 100,000 options.  The 
inducement grants were not made out of the 2000 Plan shares but were made under the terms of the 2000 Plan. 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan 

Under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”), eligible employees may purchase  shares of  our Common Stock  at six-
month intervals at 95% of the fair market value on the last day of each six-month period.  Employees may purchase shares 
having a value not exceeding 10% of their gross compensation during an offering period.  During 2016 and 2015, a total of 
2,686  and  3,993  shares,  respectively,  were  purchased  under  the  plan  at  average  prices  of  $2.63  and  $2.90  per  share, 
respectively.  At December 31, 2016, a total of 53,687 shares were reserved for future issuance.  

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock Appreciation Rights Plan 

We have a Stock Appreciation Rights (“SAR”) Plan under which each director, executive officer or holder of 10% or more of 
our Common Stock has a SAR with respect to each exercisable stock option.  The SAR entitles the SAR holder to receive cash 
from us for the difference between the market value of the stock and the exercise price of the option in lieu of exercising 
the related option.  SARs are only exercisable following a tender offer or exchange offer for our stock, or following approval 
by shareholders of Data I/O of any merger, consolidation, reorganization or other transaction providing for the conversion 
or exchange of more than 50% of the common shares outstanding.  As no event has occurred, which would make the SARs 
exercisable,  and  no  such  event  is  deemed  probable,  no  compensation  expense  has  been  recorded  under  this  plan.    At 
December 31, 2016 there were 337,500 SARs outstanding. 

Director Fee Plan  

We have a Director Fee Plan, not currently in use, which had provided for payment to directors who are not employees of 
Data I/O Corporation by delivery of shares of  our Common Stock.  No shares were issued from the plan for 2016 or 2015 
board service and 151,332 shares remain available in the plan as of December 31, 2016.   

Retirement Savings Plan 

We have a savings plan that qualifies as a cash or deferred salary arrangement under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue 
Code.    Under  the  plan,  participating  U.S.  employees  may  defer  their  pre-tax  salary  or  post-tax  salary  if  Roth  is  elected, 
subject  to  IRS  limitations.    In  fiscal  years  2016  and  2015,  we  contributed  one  dollar  for  each  dollar  contributed  by  a 
participant, with a maximum contribution of 4% of a participant’s eligible earnings.  Our matching contribution expense, net 
of  forfeitures,  for  the  savings  plan  was  approximately  $129,000  and  $174,000  in  2016  and  2015,  respectively.    Employer 
matching contributions owed to the plan were $181,000 and $178,000 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

NOTE 10– SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION 

For share-based awards granted, we have recognized compensation expense based on the estimated grant date fair value 
method.    For  these  awards  we  have  recognized  compensation  expense  using  a  straight-line  amortization  method  and 
reduced for estimated forfeitures.  The impact on our results of operations of recording share-based compensation for the 
year ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 was as follows: 

 (in thousands)  
Cost of goods sold 
Research and development 
Selling, general and administrative 
Total share-based compensation 

Impact on net income per share: 
    Basic  
    Diluted 

Year Ended December  31, 

2016 

2015 

$13  
106  
401  
$520  

$13  
76  
346  
$435  

($0.07) 
($0.06) 

($0.05) 
($0.05) 

An  immaterial  amount  of  share-based  compensation  was  capitalized  into  inventory  as  overhead  for  the  years  ended 
December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

The fair values of share-based awards for employee stock option awards are estimated at the date of grant using the Black-
Scholes valuation  model.   The volatility and expected life  of the options used in calculating the fair  value of  share-based 
awards may exclude certain periods of historical data that we considered atypical and not likely to occur in future periods.  
It was note necessary to make weighted average assumptions regarding risk-free rates, volatility factors, expected life of 
option in years and expected dividend yield to calculate the fair  value of options as none were  granted during the years 
ended December 31, 2016 and 2015. 

The risk-free interest rate used in the Black-Scholes valuation method is based on the implied yield currently available in 
40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury securities at maturity with an equivalent term.  We have not recently declared or paid any dividends and do 
not currently have plans to do so in the future.  The expected term of options represents the period that our stock-based 
awards are expected to be outstanding and has been determined based on historical weighted average holding periods and 
projected holding periods for the remaining unexercised shares.  Consideration was given to the contractual terms of our 
stock-based awards, vesting schedules and expectations of future employee behavior.  Expected volatility is based on the 
annualized daily historical volatility of our stock over a representative period.  

The following table summarizes stock option activity under our stock option plans for the twelve months ended December 
31: 

2016 

Weighted-
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted-
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life in Years 

2015 

Weighted-
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Weighted-
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life in Years 

Options 

Options 

Outstanding at beginning of 
year 
Granted 
Exercised 
Cancelled, Expired or 
Forfeited 

574,000  
-  
(130,000) 

$2.97  
0.00  
2.38  

606,187  
-  
(20,625) 

$3.02  
0.00  
3.03  

(68,000) 

4.25  

(11,562) 

5.39  

Outstanding at end of year 

376,000  

$2.95  

1.67  

574,000  

$2.97  

2.40  

Vested  or  expected  to  vest 
at the end of the period 
Exercisable at end of year 

375,055  
357,250  

$2.96  
$3.00  

1.67  
1.62  

564,527  
467,126  

$2.99  
$3.19  

2.39  
2.24  

The aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding options is $618,650.  This represents the total pretax intrinsic value, based on 
the closing stock price of  $4.18 at December 31,  2016, which  would have been received by award holders had all award 
holders  exercised  their  stock  options  that  were  in-the-money  as  of  that  date.    The  aggregate  intrinsic  value  of  awards 
exercised during the twelve month period ended December 31, 2016 was $208,148. 

Restricted stock award including performance-based stock award activity under our share-based compensation plan was as 
follows:  

2016 

2015 

Awards 

389,100  
227,100  
(148,100) 
(3,250) 
464,850  

Weighted - 
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value 

$2.86  
2.61  
2.72  
2.73  
$2.78  

Awards 

320,900  
193,800  
(109,250) 
(16,350) 
389,100  

Weighted - 
Average 
Grant Date 
Fair Value 

$2.57  
3.16  
2.58  
2.60  
$2.86  

Outstanding at beginning of year 
   Granted 
   Vested 
   Cancelled 
Outstanding at end of year 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  remaining  unamortized  expected  future  compensation  expense  and  remaining  amortization  period  associated  with 
unvested option grants and restricted stock awards are: 

December 31, 
2016 

December 31, 
2015 

Unamortized future compensation expense 

$1,093,144  

$1,028,961  

Remaining weighted average amortization period in years 

2.53  

2.59  

NOTE 11 – SHARE REPURCHASE PROGRAMS 

On February 24, 2016, our Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program with provisions to buy back up to $1 
million of our stock during the period from March 2, 2016 through March 31, 2017.  The program was established with a 
10b5-1 plan under the Exchange Act to provide flexibility to make purchases throughout the period.  For the year ended 
December 31, 2016, 80,345 shares of stock have been repurchased at an average price of $2.36 for a total of $189,360 plus 
$1,649 in commissions and charges. 

The following is a summary of share repurchase activity under the plan through December 31, 2016: 

Repurchases by 
Month 

Total 
Number of 
Shares 
Purchased 

Average Price 
Paid per Share 

Total Number 
of Shares 
Purchased as 
Part of 
Publicly 
Announced 
Repurchase 
Program 

Approximate 
Dollar Value of 
Shares that 
May Yet Be 
Purchased 
under the 
Program 

March 2016 
April 2016 
May 2016 
June 2016 
July 2016 
Total 

42,515  
8,480  
7,650  
15,200  
6,500  
80,345  

$2.26  
$2.35  
$2.52  
$2.45  
$2.61  
$2.36  

42,515  
8,480  
7,650  
15,200  
6,500  
80,345  

$903,161  
$883,064  
$863,602  
$826,078  
$808,991  

NOTE 12– INCOME TAXES 

Components of income (loss) before taxes: 

(in thousands) 
U.S. operations 
Foreign operations 
   Total income (loss) before taxes 

Year Ended December  31, 
2015 
2016 

$1,401  
291  
$1,692  

$420  
502  
$922  

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income tax expense (benefit) consists of: 

(in thousands) 
Current tax expense (benefit) 
   U.S. federal 
   State 
   Foreign 

Deferred tax expense (benefit) – U.S. federal 

   Total income tax expense (benefit) 

Year Ended December  31, 
2015 
2016 

$25  
6  
5  
36  
-  

$36  

A reconciliation of our effective income tax and the U.S. federal tax rate is as follows: 

(in thousands) 
Statutory tax 

State and foreign income tax, net of 
federal income tax benefit 

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets 
     Total income tax expense (benefit) 

Year Ended December  31, 
2015 
2016 

$575  

64  
(603) 
$36  

$0  
(1) 
(4) 
(5) 
-  

($5) 

$313  

(105) 
(213) 
($5) 

The tax effects of temporary differences that gave rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets are presented 
below: 

(in thousands) 
Deferred income tax assets: 
     Allowance for doubtful accounts 
     Inventory and product return reserves 
     Compensation accruals 
     Accrued liabilities 
     Book-over-tax depreciation and amortization 
     Foreign net operating loss carryforwards 
     U.S. net operating loss carryforwards 
     U.S. credit carryforwards 

Valuation Allowance 
     Total Deferred Income Tax Assets 

Year Ended December  31, 
2015 
2016 

$17  
632  
1,726  
524  
93  
550  
6,419  
1,287  
11,248  

(11,248) 
$ -  

$11  
723  
1,533  
311  
99  
809  
6,919  
1,264  
11,669  

(11,669) 
$ -  

The  valuation  allowance  for  deferred  tax  assets  decreased  $421,000  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016,  and 
decreased $133,000 during the year ended December 31, 2015.  The net deferred tax assets have a full valuation allowance 
provided  due  to  uncertainty  regarding  our  ability  to  utilize  such  assets  in  future  years.    This  full  valuation  allowance 
evaluation is based upon our volatile history of losses and the cyclical nature of our industry and capital spending.  Credit 
carryforwards  consist  primarily  of  research  and  experimental  and  alternative  minimum  tax  credits  with  expiration  years 
from 2020 to 2036.  U.S. net operating loss carryforwards are $18,878,000 at December 31, 2016 with expiration years from 
2020 to 2036.  Utilization of net operating loss and credit carryforwards is subject to certain limitations under Section 382 
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
The gross changes in uncertain tax positions resulting in unrecognized tax benefits are presented below: 

(in thousands) 
Unrecognized tax benefits, opening balance 
     Prior period tax position increases 
     Additions based on tax positions related to current year 
Unrecognized tax benefits, ending balance 

Year Ended December  31, 
2015 
2016 

$210  
-  
16  
$226  

$197  
(3) 
16  
$210  

Historically, we have incurred minimal interest expense and no penalties associated with tax matters.  We have adopted a 
policy  whereby  amounts  related  to  penalties  associated  with  tax  matters  are  classified  as  general  and  administrative 
expense  when  incurred  and  amounts  related  to  interest  associated  with  tax  matters  are  classified  as  interest  income  or 
interest expense.   

Tax  years  that  remain  open  for  examination  include  2013,  2014,  2015  and  2016  in  the  United  States  of  America.    In 
addition, tax years from 2000 to 2012 may be subject to examination in the event that we utilize the net operating losses 
and credit carryforwards from those years in our current or future year tax returns.   

NOTE 13 – SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION 

We  consider  our  operations  to  be  a  single  operating  segment,  focused  on  the  design,  manufacturing  and  sale  of 
programming systems used by designers and manufacturers of electronic products.   

Major  operations  outside  the  U.S.  include  sales,  engineering  and  service  support  subsidiaries  in  Germany  as  well  as  in 
China, which also manufactures some of our products.  

The following tables provide summary operating information by geographic area: 

(in thousands) 
Net sales: 
  U.S. 
  Europe 
  Rest of World 

Included in Europe and Rest of World net sales are 
the following significant balances: 

  Germany 
  China 

Operating income (loss): 
  U.S. 
  Europe 
  Rest of World 

Identifiable assets: 
  U.S. 
  Europe 
  Rest of World 

Year Ended December  31, 
2016 

2015 

$2,936  
8,730  
11,747  
$23,413  

$4,482  
$3,824  

$669  
132  
626  
$1,427  

$11,346  
4,993  
6,437  
$22,776  

44 

$2,229  
8,744  
11,044  
$22,017  

$3,702  
$4,682  

$473  
(356) 
876  
$993  

$9,441  
3,128  
7,071  
$19,640  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None. 

Item 9A._ Controls and Procedures 

(a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures. 

Under  the  supervision  and  with  the  participation  of  our  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief 
Financial Officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as 
defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report 
(the “Evaluation Date”).  Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, 
as  of  the  Evaluation  Date,  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  effective  at  the  reasonable  assurance  level.  
Disclosure controls are controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports 
filed  or  submitted  under  the  Exchange  Act  is  recorded,  processed,  summarized  and  reported  within  the  time  periods 
specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.  Disclosure controls are also designed to ensure that such information is accumulated 
and  communicated  to  our  management,  including  the  CEO  and  CFO,  as  appropriate  to  allow  timely  decisions  regarding 
required disclosure.   

 (b) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. 

Our  management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.    Our 
internal  control  systems  are  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  to  the  Company’s  management  and  board  of 
directors  regarding  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in 
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-
15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act and includes those policies and procedures that: 

(i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions 
and dispositions of the assets of the company;  
(ii)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the 
company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management  and directors of the company; 
and 
(iii)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use  or 
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.   

All internal controls, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations.  Therefore, even those systems determined to 
be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statements preparation and presentation. 

Our management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2016.    In  making  this  assessment,  we  used  the  criteria  set  forth  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the 
Treadway  Commission  (“COSO”)  in  Internal  Control  –  Integrated  Framework  (2013).    Based  on  this  assessment  we 
concluded that, as of December 31, 2016, our internal control over financial reporting was effective. 

This  annual  report  does  not  include  an  attestation  report  of  the  company’s  registered  public  accounting  firm  regarding 
internal control over financial reporting.  Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the company’s registered 
public accounting firm pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, which permanently 
exempts smaller reporting companies from complying with Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.   

(c) Changes in internal controls. 

There were no changes made in our internal controls during the period covered by this report that has materially affected 
or is reasonably likely to materially affect our internal control over financial reporting. 

Item 9B._Other Information 

None. 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

PART III 

Information regarding the Registrant’s directors is set forth under “Election of Directors” in our Proxy Statement relating to 
our  annual  meeting  of  shareholders  to  be  held  on  May  18,  2017  and  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference.    Such  Proxy 
Statement  will  be  filed  within  120  days  of  our  year-end.    Information  regarding  the  Registrant’s  executive  officers  is  set 
forth in Item 1 of Part I herein under the caption “Executive Officers of the Registrant.”  

Code of Ethics 

We  have  adopted  a  Code  of  Ethics  that  applies  to  all  directors,  officers  and  employees  of  Data  I/O,  including  the  Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer.  The key principles of the Code of Ethics are to act legally and with integrity in 
all  work  for  Data  I/O.    The  Code  of  Ethics  is  posted  on  the  corporate  governance  page  of  our  website  at 
http://www.dataio.com/Company/InvestorRelations/CorporateGovernance.aspx.    We  will  post  any  amendments  to  our 
Code of Ethics on our website.  In the unlikely event that the Board of Directors approves any sort of waiver to the Code of 
Ethics  for  our  executive  officers  or  directors,  information  concerning  such  waiver  will  also  be  posted  on  our  website.    In 
addition to posting information regarding amendments and waivers on our website, the same information will be included 
in a Current Report on Form 8-K within four business days following the date of the amendment or waiver, unless website 
posting of such amendments or waivers is permitted by Nasdaq’s rules. 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation 

Information called for by Part III, Item 11, is included in our Proxy Statement relating to our annual meeting of shareholders 
to  be  held  on  May  18,  2017  and  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference.    The  information  appears  in  the  Proxy  Statement 
under the caption “Executive Compensation.”  Such Proxy Statement will be filed within 120 days of our year-end. 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

Information called for by Part III, Item 12, is included in our Proxy Statement relating to our annual meeting of shareholders 
to  be  held  on  May  18,  2017  and  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference.    The  information  appears  in  the  Proxy  Statement 
under the caption “Voting Securities and Principal Holders.”  Such Proxy Statement will be filed within 120 days of our year 
end. 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information  

The following table gives information about our Common Stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options and rights 
under all of our existing equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2016.  See Notes 10 and 11 of “Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements.” 

(a) Number of 
securities to be 
issued upon the 
exercise of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights 

(b) Weighted–
average exercise 
price of outstanding 
options, warrants 
and rights 

(c) Number of securities 
remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation 
plans (excluding 
securities reflected in 
column (a)) 

136,425  

$4.71  

590,848  

240,000  

376,425  

$1.96  

$2.96  

-  

590,848  

Equity compensation plans 
approved by the security 
holders (1) (2) 

Equity compensation plans 
not approved by the security 
holders (3) 

Total 

(1)  Represents  shares  of  our  Common  Stock  issuable  pursuant  to  the  Data  I/O  Corporation  2000  Stock  Incentive 
Compensation  Plan,  1982  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  and  1996  Director  Fee  Plan.    Table  excludes  unvested 
restricted stock awards of 464,850 from the 2000 Plan. 

(2)  Stock  Appreciation  Rights  Plan  (“SAR”)  provides  that  directors,  executive  officers  or  holders  of  10%  or  more  of  our 
Common Stock have an accompanying SAR with respect to each exercisable option.  While the plan has been approved 
by the security holders, no amounts are included in columns (a), (b), or (c) relating to the SAR.   

(3)   Represents  remaining  inducement  grants  of  140,000  nonqualified  stock  options  to  Anthony  Ambrose  as  part  of  his 

hiring and inducement grants of 100,000 nonqualified stock options to Rajeev Gulati as part of his hiring. 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence  

The information required by this item is contained in, and incorporated by reference from, the Proxy Statement for our 
2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.” 

Item 14._ Principle Accounting Fees and Services 

The information required by this Item with respect to principal accountant fees and services is incorporated by reference to 
the section captioned “Principal Accountant’s Fees and Services” in the Proxy Statement relating to  our annual meeting of 
shareholders to be held on May 18, 2017.  Such Proxy Statement will be filed within 120 days of our year-end. 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 15.  Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

Executive Compensation Plans and Arrangements 

PART IV 

The  following  list  is  a  subset  of  the  list  of  exhibits  described  below  and  contains  all  compensatory  plans,  contracts  or 
arrangements in which any director or executive officer of Data I/O is a participant, unless the method of allocation of 
benefits thereunder is the same for management and non-management participants: 

(1)   Amended and Restated 1982 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.  See Exhibit 10.5. 

(2)   Data I/O Corporation Tax Deferral Retirement Plan and Trust with Great West Financial (formerly Orchard Trust 

Company).  See Exhibits 10.15, 10.16, 10.17, 10.30 and 10.31. 

(3)  

Summary of Amended and Restated Management Incentive Compensation Plan.  See Exhibit 10.2. 

(4)   Amended and Restated 1983 Stock Appreciation Rights Plan.  See Exhibit 10.1. 

(5)   Amended and Restated Executive Agreements.  See Exhibit 10.8, 10.20, and 10.23. 

(6)   1996 Director Fee Plan.  See Exhibit 10.4. 

(7)   Data I/O Corporation 2000 Stock Compensation Incentive Plan.  See Exhibit 10.6, 10.11, 10.22 and 10.26. 

(8)  

Form of Option Agreement.  See Exhibit 10.7.   

(9) 

Form of Indemnification Agreement.  See Exhibit 10.18. 

(10)   Letter Agreement with Anthony Ambrose.  See Exhibit 10.21. 

(11)   Letter Agreement with Rajeev Gulati.  See Exhibit 10.24. 

(12)  Form of Restricted Stock Agreement.  See Exhibit 10.12. 

(13)   Letter Agreement with Joel S. Hatlen.  See Exhibit 10.28. 

(14)   Form of Executive Agreement.  See Exhibit 10.27. 

(15)   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.  See Exhibit 10.25. 

(a) 

List of Documents Filed as a Part of This Report: 

(1) 

Index to Financial Statements: 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for each of the two years ended December 31, 2016 and  
December 31, 2015 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for each of the two years ended  
December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 

Page 

    27 

28 

29 

30 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for each of the two years ended December 31, 2016 and 
December 31, 2015   

31 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the two years ended December 31, 2016 and  
December 31, 2015 

32 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                                                                                                                 33 

(2) 

Index to Financial Statement Schedules: 

Schedule II – Consolidated Valuation and Qualifying Accounts                                                                

All other schedules not listed above have been omitted because the required information is 
included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto, or is not applicable or 
required. 

(3) 

Index to Exhibits: 

3  Articles of Incorporation: 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

Data I/O’s restated Articles of Incorporation filed November 2, 1987 (Incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Data I/O’s 1987 Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 
0-10394)). 

Data I/O’s Bylaws as amended and restated as of July 20, 2011 (Incorporated by 
reference to Data I/O’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 26, 2011). 

Certification of Designation, Preferences and Rights of Series A Junior Participating 
Preferred Stock (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 of Data I/O’s Registration 
Statement on Form 8-A filed March 13, 1998 (File No. 0-10394)). 

4 

Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders, Including Indentures: 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

4.4 

4.5 

Rights Agreement dated as of April 4, 1998, between Data I/O Corporation and 
ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C.  as Rights Agent, which includes: as Exhibit 
A thereto, the Form of Right Certificate; and, as Exhibit B thereto, the Summary of 
Rights to Purchase Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (Incorporated by 
reference to Data I/O’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 13, 1998).   

Rights Agreement, dated as of March 31, 1988, between Data I/O 
Corporation and First Jersey National Bank, as Rights Agent, as amended by 
Amendment No.  1 thereto, dated as of May 28, 1992 and Amendment No.  
2 thereto, dated as of July 16, 1997 (Incorporated by reference to Data I/O’s 
Report on Form 8-K filed on March 13, 1998).   

Amendment No.  1, dated as of February 10, 1999, to Rights Agreement, 
dated as of April 4, 1998, between Data I/O Corporation and ChaseMellon 
Shareholder Services, L.L.C.  as Rights Agent (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 4.1 of Data I/O’s Form 8-A/A dated February 10, 1999).   

Amendment No. 2 to Rights Agreement, dated as of April 3, 2008, between 
Data I/O Corporation and Computershare (formerly BNY Mellon Investor 
Services LLC, and ChaseMellon Shareholder Services, L.L.C.).  (Incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of Data I/O’s Form 8-K dated April 3, 2008). 

Amendment No. 3 to Rights Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2016, between 
Data I/O Corporation and Computershare.  (Incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit 4.4 of Data I/O’s Form 8-A/A dated July 14, 2016).   

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10  Material Contracts: 

10.1  Amended and Restated 1983 Stock Appreciation Rights Plan dated February 3, 1993 

(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of Data I/O’s 1992 Annual Report on 
Form 10-K (File No. 0-10394)).   

10.2   Amended and Restated Management Incentive Compensation Plan dated 
January 1, 1997 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of Data I/O’s 
1997 Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 0-10394)).   

10.3  Amended and Restated Performance Bonus Plan dated January 1, 1997 

(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 of Data I/O’s 1997 Annual 
Report on Form 10-K (File No. 0-10394)).   

10.4  Amended and Restated Data I/O Corporation 1996 Director Fee Plan 
(Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 of Data I/O’s 1997 Annual 
Report on Form 10-K (File No. 0-10394)).   

10.5   Amended and Restated 1982 Employee Stock Purchase Plan dated  
May 16, 2003 (Incorporated by reference to Data I/O’s 2003 Proxy 
Statement dated March 31, 2003). 

10.6  Amended and Restated Data I/O Corporation 2000 Stock Compensation 

Incentive Plan dated May 24, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to Data I/O’s 
2006 Proxy Statement dated April 6, 2006). 

10.7  Form of Option Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Data I/O’s 2004 

Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 0-10394)).              

10.8  Amended and Restated Executive Agreement with Joel S. Hatlen dated 

December 31, 2011 (Incorporated by reference to Data I/O’s 2011 Annual 
Report on Form 10K (File No. 0-10394)).     

10.9 

Lease, Redmond East Business Campus between Data I/O Corporation and 
Carr Redmond PLCC dated February 28, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to 
Data I/O’s 2005 Annual Report on Form 10K (File No. 0-10394)). 

10.10  Second Amendment to Lease, (Redmond East) between Data I/O Corporation 
and Arden Realty Limited Partnership, made as of January 31, 2011.  
(Incorporated by reference to Data I/O’s 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K 
(File No. 0-10394)). 

10.11  Amended and Restated Data I/O Corporation 2000 Stock Compensation 

Incentive Plan approved May 17, 2011 (Incorporated by reference to Data 
I/O’s 2011 Proxy Statement filed April 5, 2011). 

10.12  Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (Incorporated by reference to 

Exhibit 10.29 of Data I/O’s June 30, 2006 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File 
No. 0-10394)).            

10.13  Patent Purchase Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Data I/O’s Current 

Report on Form 8-K filed on March 25, 2008)). 

10.14  First Amendment to the Patent Purchase Agreement (Incorporated by 

reference to Data I/O’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 25, 2008). 

10.15  Great West Financial (formerly Orchard Trust Company) Defined 

Contribution Prototype Plan and Trust (Incorporated by reference to Data 
I/O’s 2007 Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 0-10394)). 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
              
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.16  Great West Financial (formerly Orchard Trust Company) Non-standardized 

401(k) Plan (Incorporated by reference to Data I/O’s 2007 Annual Report on 
Form 10-K (File No. 0-10394)). 

10.17  Great West Financial (formerly Orchard Trust Company) Defined 

Contribution Prototype Plan and Trust Amendment for Pension Protection 
Act and Heart Act.  (Incorporated by reference to Data I/O’s 2009 Annual 
Report on Form 10-K (File No. 0-10394)). 

10.18  Form of Indemnification Agreement.  (Incorporated by reference to Data 

I/O’s 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 0-10394)). 

10.19  Asset Purchase Agreement dated April 29, 2011, with the Miller Trust, for 

acquisition of Software Technology (Incorporated by reference to Data I/O’s 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed May 3, 2011 with portions omitted 
pursuant to a confidential treatment request, and by reference to Data I/O’s 
Form 10-Q filed April 3, 2012, which included the redacted portions that had 
been made in the original Form 8-K filing). 

10.20  Executive Agreement with Anthony Ambrose dated October 25, 2012. 

(Incorporated by reference to Data I/O’s 2012 Annual Report on Form 10-K 
(File No. 0-10394)). 

10.21  Letter Agreement with Anthony Ambrose (Incorporated by reference to Data 

I/O’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on October 29, 2012). 

10.22  Amended and Restated Data I/O Corporation 2000 Stock Compensation 

Incentive Plan approved May 10, 2012 (Incorporated by reference to Data 
I/O’s 2012 Proxy Statement filed April 3, 2012). 

10.23  Executive Agreement with Rajeev Gulati dated July 25, 2013.  (Incorporated 

by reference to Data I/O’s 2013 Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 0-
10394)). 

10.24  Letter Agreement with Rajeev Gulati (Incorporated by reference to Data I/O’s 

Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 31, 2013). 

10.25  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (Incorporated by reference 

to Exhibit 10.29 of Data I/O’s March 31, 2014 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q 
(File No. 0-10394)). 

10.26  Amended and Restated Data I/O Corporation 2000 Stock Compensation 

Incentive Plan approved April 30, 2014 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.30 of Data I/O’s March 31, 2014 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 
0-10394)). 

10.27  Form of Executive Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 of 
Data I/O’s June 30, 2014 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 0-10394)) 

10.28  Letter Agreement with Joel S. Hatlen (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 

10.32 of Data I/O’s June 30, 2014 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 0-
10394)). 

10.29  Third Amendment to Lease, (Redmond East) between Data I/O Corporation 

and Arden Realty Limited Partnership, made as of June 1, 2015 (Incorporated 
by reference to Exhibit 10.29 of Data I/O’s June 30, 2015 Quarterly Report on 
Form 10-Q (File No. 0-10394)). 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.30  Great West Financial Adoption Agreement #005 Non-standardized 401(k) Plan 
effective January 1, 2016 (Incorporated by reference to Data I/O’s 2015 Annual 
Report on Form 10-K (File No. 0-10394)). 

10.31  Great West Financial Adoption Agreement #005 Non-standardized 401(k) Plan 

effective July 11, 2016 (Incorporated by reference to Data I/O’s 2016 Annual 
Report on Form 10-K (File No. 0-10394)). 

10.32  Negotiation Protocol for the Purchase of Data I/O’s PSV7000, a supply  

agreement executed July 20, 2016, between Data I/O Corporation and Bosch 
Car Multimedia Group (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 of Data I/O’s 
September 30, 2016 Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 0-10394)). 

10.33  Standstill and Voting Agreement, dated as of July 13, 2016, by and among Data 

I/O Corporation, David Kanen and Kanen Wealth Management LLC 
(Incorporated by reference to Data I/O’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
July 14, 2016).  

21.1  Subsidiaries of the Registrant                                                                                                                            55 

23.1  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

31  Certification – Section 302: 

31.1 
31.2 

Chief Executive Officer Certification 
Chief Financial Officer Certification 

32  Certification – Section 906: 

32.1 
32.2 

Chief Executive Officer Certification 
Chief Financial Officer Certification 

101 

Interactive Date Files Pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T 

Item 16.  Form 10-K Summary 

None. 

 56 

57 
58 

59 
60 

52 

 
 
 
 
                              
 
         
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused 
this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

DATED:   March 28, 2017 

DATA I/O CORPORATION 
(REGISTRANT) 

By: /s/Anthony Ambrose 
Anthony Ambrose 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following 
persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

NAME & DATE 

TITLE 

By: /s/Anthony Ambrose________  March 28, 2017 
      Anthony Ambrose 

President and Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer), Director 

By: /s/Joel S. Hatlen____________  March 28, 2017 
       Joel S. Hatlen 

Chief Financial Officer 
Vice President 
Secretary, Treasurer  
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) 

By: /s/Douglas W. Brown_______ _ March 28, 2017   

Director 

Douglas W. Brown 

By: /s/Brian T. Crowley_______ ___ March 28, 2017   

Director 

Brian T. Crowley 

By: /s/Alan B. Howe____________ _ March 28, 2017  
      Alan B. Howe 

Director 

By: /s/Mark J. Gallenberger_______ March 28, 2017   
      Mark J. Gallenberger 

Director 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DATA I/O CORPORATION 
SCHEDULE II – CONSOLIDATED VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS 

Balance 
at 
Beginning 
of Period 

Charged/ 
(Credited) 
to Costs 
and 
Expenses 

Deductions-
Describe 

Balance 
at End of 
Period 

$93  

($36) 

($14) 

(1) 

$43  

$43  

$55  

($2) 

(1) 

$96  

 (in thousands)  
Year Ended December 31, 2015: 

       Allowance for bad debts 

Year Ended December 31, 2016: 

       Allowance for bad debts 

(1)  Uncollectable accounts  

written off, net of recoveries 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 21.1 

DATA I/O CORPORATION 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT 

The following table indicates the name, jurisdiction of incorporation and basis of ownership of each of Data I/O’s 
subsidiaries:   

Name of Subsidiary 
Data I/O International, Inc. 

RTD, Inc. 

State or Jurisdiction 
of Organization 

Washington 

Washington 

Data I/O FSC International, Inc. 

Territory of Guam 

Data I/O Canada Corporation 

Canada 

Data I/O China, Ltd. 

Data I/O GmbH 

Hong Kong, China 

Germany 

Data I/O Electronics (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. 

China 

Brazil 
Data I/O Programação de Sistemas Ltda.                                         

Percentage of 
Voting Securities 
Owned 
100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 23.1 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

We have issued our report dated March 28, 2017, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedule 
included in the Annual Report of Data I/O Corporation on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016.  We consent to 
the incorporation by reference of said report in the Registration Statements of Data I/O Corporation on Form S-8 (File Nos. 
002-76164, 002-86785, 002-98115, 002-78394, 33-95608, 33-66824, 33-42010, 33-26472, 33-54422, 333-20657, 333-
55911, 33-02254, 33-03958, 333-107543, 333-81986, 333-48595, 333-121861, 333-151006, 333-166730, and 333-175840) 
and on Form S-3 (File No. 333-121566). 

/s/Grant Thornton LLP  

Seattle, Washington 
March 28, 2017 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.1 

Certification by Chief Executive Officer 
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 
As Adopted Pursuant to  
Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Data I/O Corporation; 

I, Anthony Ambrose, certify that: 
1) 
2)  Based upon my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of material fact 
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances 
under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this 
annual report; 

3)  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this 

annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and 
cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report; 
4)  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining 

disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and 
internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f)0 for the 
registrant and we have: 
a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and 

procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to 
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared; 

b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over 

financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented 
in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and 
procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; 
and 

d)  Disclosed in this annual report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial 

reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth 
fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected or is reasonably likely 
to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.   

5)  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of 
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of 
registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 
a)  all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control 
over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to 
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

b)  any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a 

significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting. 

Date: March 28, 2017 

/s/ Anthony Ambrose  
Anthony Ambrose  
Chief Executive Officer  
(Principal Executive Officer) 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 31.2 

Certification by Chief Financial Officer 
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 
As Adopted Pursuant to  
Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Data I/O Corporation; 

I, Joel S. Hatlen, certify that: 
1) 
2)  Based upon my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of material fact 
or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances 
under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this 
annual report; 

3)  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this 

annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and 
cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report; 

4)  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining 

disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and 
internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f)0 for the 
registrant and we have: 
a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and 

procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to 
the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those 
entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared; 

b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over 

financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purpose in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented 
in this annual report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and 
procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; 
and 

d)  Disclosed in this annual report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial 

reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth 
fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected or is reasonably likely 
to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

5)    The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of 
internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of 
registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 
a)  all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control 
over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to 
record, process, summarize and report financial information; and 

b)  any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a 

significant role in the registrant’s internal controls over financial reporting.   

Date: March 28, 2017 

 /s/ Joel S. Hatlen    
Joel S.  Hatlen 
Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 32.1  

Certification by Chief Executive Officer 
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 
As Adopted Pursuant to  
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

In connection with the annual report of Data I/O Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 
10-K for the period ended December 31, 2016 as filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Anthony Ambrose, Chief Executive 
Officer of the Company, certify, that pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted 
pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 

(1) 

(2) 

The Report fully complies with the requirements of § 13(a) or 
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all 
material respects, the financial condition and results of operations 
of the Company. 

 /s/ Anthony Ambrose 
Anthony Ambrose 
Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Date: March 28, 2017 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 32.2  

Certification by Chief Financial Officer 
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 
As Adopted Pursuant to  
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 

In connection with the annual report of Data I/O Corporation (the “Company”) on Form 
10-K for the period ended December 31, 2016 as filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Joel S. Hatlen, Chief Financial Officer of 
the Company, certify, that pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that: 

(1) 

(2) 

The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) 
or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all 
material respects, the financial condition and results of operations 
of the Company. 

 /s/ Joel S. Hatlen 
Joel S.  Hatlen 
Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

Date: March 28, 2017  

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DATA I/O CORPORATION 

NOTICE OF 2017 

ANNUAL MEETING 

and 

PROXY STATEMENT 

 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DATA I/O CORPORATION 

April 4, 2017 

To Our Shareholders: 

You  are  cordially  invited  to  attend  the  2017  Annual  Meeting  of  Data  I/O 
Corporation, which will be held at Data I/O’s headquarters at 6645 185th Ave NE, Suite 
100,  Redmond,  Washington  98052.    The  meeting  will  begin  at  10:00  a.m.    Pacific 
Daylight Time on Thursday, May 18, 2017.   

Officers  of  Data  I/O  will  be  attending  and  will  respond  to  questions  after  the 
meeting.    Formal  business  will  include  the  election  of  directors,  ratification  of  the 
continued  appointment  of  Grant  Thornton  LLP  as  Data  I/O’s  independent  auditors, 
consideration  of  a  proposal  to  amend  and  restate  Data  I/O’s  2000  Stock  Compensation 
Plan and an advisory vote on executive compensation.  

Please  read  the  proxy  materials  carefully.      Your  vote  is  important.    Data  I/O 
appreciates you considering and acting on the proposals presented.  We look forward to 
seeing you on May 18, 2017. 

Sincerely, 

Anthony Ambrose 
President and Chief Executive Officer

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DATA I/O CORPORATION 

NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS - May 18, 2017 

To the Shareholders of Data I/O Corporation: 

NOTICE IS HEREBY GIVEN that the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Data I/O Corporation (the “Company” or “Data I/O”) will 
be held at 10:00 a.m. Pacific Daylight Time, on Thursday, May 18, 2017, at Data I/O’s principal offices, 6645 185th Ave NE, Suite 
100, Redmond, Washington 98052, for the following purposes: 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5)  

Election of Directors: 
To elect five directors, each to serve until the  next annual meeting of shareholders or until his or her successor is 
elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation, or removal. 

Ratification of Independent Auditors: 
To ratify the continued appointment of Grant Thornton LLP as Data I/O’s independent auditors for the calendar year 
ended December 31, 2017.  

2000 Stock Compensation Incentive Plan: 
To  consider  and  vote  on  a  proposal  to  amend  and  restate  the  Data  I/O  Corporation  2000  Stock  Compensation 
Incentive Plan (the “2000 Plan”) and to increase the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2000 Plan by 
an additional 250,000 shares of common stock. 

Say on Pay – Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation:  
To consider and vote on an advisory resolution on the compensation of our named executive officers. 

Other Business: 
To consider and vote upon such other business as  may properly come before the  meeting or any adjournments or 
postponements thereof. 

Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials for the Shareholder Meeting To Be Held on May 18, 2017.  
The proxy statement and annual report to security holders are also available at http://www.dataio.com/company/ 
investorrelations/annualmeeting.aspx. 

The Board of Directors has fixed the close of business on March 17, 2017, as the Record Date for the determination of shareholders 
entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the 2017 Annual Meeting and any adjournment or postponement thereof. 

By Order of the Board of Directors 

/s/ Anthony Ambrose 
Anthony Ambrose 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Redmond, Washington 
April 4, 2017 

YOUR VOTE IS IMPORTANT 

Whether or not you expect to attend the meeting in person, we urge you to sign, date and return the accompanying proxy card at your 
earliest convenience, or  you  may  vote by  the  internet at  http://www.investorvote.com/DAIO or by telephone at 1-800-652-8683, as 
provided in the instructions on the proxy card.   This  will ensure the presence of a quorum at the  meeting.   Promptly returning a 
signed  and  dated  proxy  card,  or  voting  by  the  internet  or  by  telephone,  will  save  Data  I/O  the  extra  expense  of  additional 
solicitation.  Your proxy is revocable at your request any time before it is voted.  If you attend the meeting, you may vote in person if 
you wish, even if you have previously returned your proxy card.  If you vote by mail, an addressed, postage-paid envelope is provided 
in order to make certain that your shares will be represented at the Annual Meeting. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DATA I/O CORPORATION 
6645 185th Ave NE, Suite 100 

Redmond, Washington 98052 
____________________ 

PROXY STATEMENT 

ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS 

May 18, 2017 

INFORMATION REGARDING PROXY 

This Proxy Statement and the accompanying form of proxy are furnished in connection with the solicitation of proxies by the Board of 
Directors  (“Board  of  Directors”)  of  Data  I/O  Corporation  (the  “Company”  or  “Data  I/O”)  for  use  at  the  Annual  Meeting  of 
Shareholders to be held on Thursday, May 18, 2017, at 10:00 a.m.  Pacific Daylight Time at Data I/O’s principal offices, 6645 185th 
Ave NE, Suite 100, Redmond, Washington 98052, and at any adjournment of the meeting (the “Annual Meeting”).  Shareholders of 
record at the close of business on March 17, 2017 (the “Record Date”) are entitled to notice of, and to vote at, the Annual Meeting.  
This  Proxy  Statement  and  a  copy  of  Data  I/O’s  2016  Annual  Report  to  Shareholders  are  being  mailed  to  shareholders  on  or  about 
April 13, 2017. 

A proxy card is enclosed for your use.  You are requested on behalf of the Board of Directors to sign, date, and return the proxy card 
in  the  accompanying  envelope,  which  is  postage-paid  if  mailed  in  the  United  States  or  Canada,  or  you  may  vote  by  the  internet  at 
http://www.investorvote.com/DAIO, or by telephone at 1-800-652-8683, as provided in the instructions on the proxy card.  If you vote 
by the internet or by telephone, you do not need to mail back the proxy card. 

A proxy in the accompanying form, which is properly signed, dated and returned and not revoked, will be voted in accordance with its 
instructions.  To vote on the election of directors, check the appropriate box under Proposal 1 on your proxy card.  You may (a) vote 
“FOR” all of the director nominees as a group, (b)  “WITHOLD” authority to vote for all director nominees as a  group, or (c) vote 
“FOR” all director nominees as a group except those nominees indicated to the contrary.  To vote on Proposal 2 to ratify the continued 
appointment of Grant Thornton LLP as  Data I/O’s independent auditors for the calendar year ended December 31,  2017, check the 
appropriate box under Proposal 2 on your proxy card.  You may (a) vote “FOR” approval of the ratification of Grant Thornton LLP as 
Data I/O’s independent auditors, (b) vote “AGAINST” approval of the ratification of Grant Thornton LLP as Data I/O’s independent 
auditors, or (c) “ABSTAIN” from voting on the ratification of Grant Thornton LLP as Data I/O’s independent auditors.  To vote on a 
proposal to amend the Data I/O Corporation 2000  Stock Compensation Incentive  Plan (the  “2000 Plan”) to increase the number of 
shares reserved for issuance under the 2000 Plan by an additional 250,000 shares of common stock, check the appropriate box under 
Item No. 3 on your proxy card. You may (a) vote “FOR” approval of the amendment to the 2000 Plan, (b) vote “AGAINST” approval 
of the amendment to the 2000 Plan, or (c) “ABSTAIN” from voting on the approval of the amendment to the 2000 Plan.   To vote on 
Proposal  4,  Say  on  Pay  –  Advisory  Vote  on  Executive  Compensation,  you  may  vote  (a)  “FOR”  the  advisory  resolution,  (b) 
“AGAINST” the advisory resolution, or (c) “ABSTAIN” from voting on the advisory resolution on executive compensation.     

Proxies  which  are  returned  to  Data  I/O  without  instructions  will  be  voted  as  recommended  by  the  Board  of  Directors.    Any 
shareholder who returns a proxy may revoke it at any time prior to voting on any matter (without, however, affecting any vote taken 
prior to such revocation) by (i) delivering written notice of revocation to the Secretary of Data I/O at Data I/O’s principal offices, (ii) 
executing and delivering to Data I/O another proxy dated as of a later date, or (iii) voting in person at the Annual Meeting. 

VOTING SECURITIES AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS 

The only outstanding voting securities of Data I/O are shares of common stock (the “Common Stock”).  As of the Record Date, there 
were 8,048,516 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding, and each such share is entitled to one vote at the Annual Meeting.  
The presence in person or by proxy of holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock is required for a 
quorum for transacting business at the Annual Meeting.  Shares of Common Stock underlying abstentions will be considered present 
at the Annual Meeting for the purpose of calculating a quorum.  Under Washington law and Data I/O’s charter documents, if a quorum 
is present, the  five nominees for election to the Board of Directors who receive the greatest number of affirmative votes cast at the 
Annual Meeting will be elected directors.  Abstentions and broker non-votes will have no effect on the election of directors because 
they are not cast in favor of any particular candidate.   

1 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The proposals to ratify the continued appointment of Grant Thornton as Data I/O’s independent auditors and approve the amendment 
and restatement of the 2000 Plan and  will be approved, if a quorum is present, if the number of votes cast in favor of the proposal 
exceeds  the  number  of  votes  cast  against  the  proposals.    Abstentions  and  broker  non-votes  on  the  proposals  will  have  no  effect 
because approval of the proposal is based solely on the votes cast.   

Say on Pay – The advisory vote on the compensation of Data I/O’s named executive officers will be approved, if a quorum is present, 
if  the  number  of  votes  cast  in  favor  of  the  advisory  resolution  exceeds  the  number  of  votes  cast  against  the  advisory  resolution.  
Abstentions and broker non-votes on the advisory resolution will have no effect because approval of the advisory resolution is based 
solely on the votes cast. 

Proxies and ballots will be received and tabulated by  Computershare Shareowner Services LLC, an independent business entity not 
affiliated with Data I/O. 

Effect of Not Casting Your Vote 

If you hold your shares in street name, it is critical that you instruct your broker or bank how to vote if you want it to count in Proposal 
1, the election of directors; Proposal 3, Amendment and restatement of the 2000 Plan; and Proposal 4, Say on Pay.  Regulations no 
longer allow your bank or broker to vote your uninstructed shares in the election of directors on a discretionary basis.  If you hold your 
shares in street name and  you do not instruct  your bank or broker how to  vote in the  Proposal 1, election of directors; Proposal 3, 
Amendment and restatement of the 2000 Plan; and Proposal 4, Say on Pay, votes will not be cast on your behalf for these Proposals.  
Your  bank  or  broker  will,  however,  continue  to  have  discretion  to  vote  any  uninstructed  shares  on  Proposal  2,  ratification  of  the 
appointment of Data I/O’s independent auditors.  If you are a shareholder of record and you do not cast your vote, votes will not be 
cast on your behalf on any of the items of business at the Annual Meeting.   

The Common Stock is traded on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “DAIO”.  The last sale price for the Common Stock, 
as reported by The NASDAQ Capital Market on March 17, 2017, was $4.98 per share. 

Principal Holders of Data I/O’s Common Stock 

The  following  table  sets  forth  information  for  all  shareholders  known  by  Data  I/O  to  be  the  beneficial  owners  of  more  than  five 
percent of its outstanding Common Stock  as of March 17, 2017.  Except as noted below, each person or entity has sole voting and 
investment powers with for the shares shown. 

Name and Address  

Penbrook Management, LLC  
AnKap Partners, L.P. 
AnKap, LLC 
Robert S. Anderson, Ralph Kaplan 
Barbara Burke DiCostanzo 
Ward Anderson 
880 Third Avenue, 16th Floor 
New York, NY 10022 

David L. Kanen 
Kanen Wealth Management LLC 
10141 Sweet Bay Ct.,  
Parkland, FL33076  

Amount and Nature 
of Beneficial 
Ownership 

Percent of Shares 
Outstanding 

503,090 

(1) 

6.25% 

2,025, 738 

(2) 

25.17% 

(1)  The  holding  shown  is  as  of  December  31,  2016  as  jointly  reported  by  Penbrook  Management,  LLC;  AnKap  Partners,  L.P.; 
AnKap, LLC; Robert S.  Anderson; Ralph Kaplan; Barbara Burke DiCostanzo; and Ward Anderson, on the most recent (filed 
February 25, 2017) Schedule 13G filed pursuant to Rule 13d-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  The Schedule 13G 
indicates that Penbrook Management has sole dispositive power of 503,090 shares and disclaims beneficial ownership of them; 
AnKap  Partners  has  sole  voting  power  and  dispositive  power  for  110,000  shares;  AnKap,  LLC  has  sole  voting  power  and 
dispositive  power  for  110,000  shares  and  disclaims  beneficial  ownership  of  them;  Robert  S.  Anderson  has  sole  voting  and 

2 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
dispositive power for  48,300 shares, shared voting power for 110,000 shares and shared dispositive power for 454,790 shares, 
with  an  aggregate  amount  of  503,090  shares,  however  disclaiming  beneficial  ownership  of  shares  managed  by  Penbrook 
Management and AnKap Partners; Ralph Kaplan has shared voting power  for 110,000 shares and shared dispositive power for 
454,790 shares, with an aggregate amount of 454,790 shares, however disclaiming beneficial ownership of shares managed by 
Penbrook Management and AnKap Partners;   and Barbara Burke DiCostanzo has shared voting power for  110,000 shares and 
shared  dispositive  power  for  454,790  shares;  with  an  aggregate  amount  of  454,790  shares,  however  disclaiming  beneficial 
ownership of shares managed by Penbrook Management and AnKap Partners;.  

(2)  The  holding  reported  as  of  March  1,  2017,  as  jointly  reported  by  David  L.  Kanen  and  Kanen  Wealth  Management  LLC 
(“KWM”),  on  the  most  recent  (filed  March  1,  2017)  Schedule  13D/A  filed  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.  The 
Schedule 13D/A indicates that Mr. Kanen has sole voting power and dispositive power for 335,922 shares and shared power to 
vote or dispose of 1,689,816 shares and KWM  has  sole voting power and dispositive power for  0 shares and shared power to 
vote or dispose of 1,689,816 shares. Mr. Kanen and KWM disclaim beneficial ownership of the 1,689,816 shares managed by 
KWM.    As  described  in  Data  I/O’s  Form  8-K  filed  on  July  14,  2016,  Data  I/O,  David  L.  Kanen  and  KWM  entered  into  a 
Standstill and Voting Agreement on July 13, 2016. 

Directors’ and Officers’ Share Ownership 

The following table indicates ownership of Data I/O’s Common Stock by each director of Data I/O, each executive officer named in 
the compensation tables appearing later in this Proxy Statement, and by all directors and executive officers as a group, all as of March 
17, 2017.  Data I/O is not aware of any family relationships between any director, director nominee or executive officer of Data I/O.   

Name 

Anthony Ambrose 

Joel S. Hatlen 

Rajeev Gulati 

Douglas W. Brown 

Brian T. Crowley 

Alan B. Howe 

Mark J. Gallenberger 

All current directors and executive  officers  
as a group (7 persons) 

    Amount and Nature of 
  Beneficial Ownership 

Percent of Shares 
Outstanding 

214,557 

206,267 

104,115 

58,200 

41,704 

34,100 

29,100 

688,043 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

2.7% 

2.6% 

1.3% 

(9) 

(9) 

(9) 

(9) 

8.6% 

(1)  Includes options to purchase 70,000 shares exercisable within 60 days. 
(2)  Includes options to purchase 25,000 shares exercisable within 60 days. 
(3)  Includes options to purchase 93,750 shares exercisable within 60 days. 
(4)  Includes options to purchase 27,500 shares exercisable within 60 days. 
(5)  Includes options to purchase 15,000 shares exercisable within 60 days. 
(6)  Includes options to purchase 15,000 shares exercisable within 60 days. 
(7)  Includes options to purchase 15,000 shares exercisable within 60 days. 
(8)  Includes options to purchase 261,250 shares exercisable within 60 days. 
(9)  Less than 1 percent each. 

Data I/O is not aware of any arrangement the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control of Data I/O. 

3 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Board Charters 

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The  Board  of  Directors  has  adopted  Corporate  Governance  and  Nominating  Committee,  Audit  Committee  and  Compensation 
Committee  Charters.   All our  Charters are  reviewed and updated periodically  by our Board of Directors.  All of our Charters  were 
reviewed  during  2016  and  again  in  early  2017  and  no  changes  were  made.  The  current  versions  of  our  Charters  are  posted  on  the 
corporate  governance  page  of  our  website  at  www.dataio.com/company/investorrelations/corporategovernance.aspx.    All  of  these 
Charters are consistent with the applicable requirements of United States security laws and our NASDAQ listing standards.   

Code of Ethics 

is  posted  on 

Our Code of Ethics  was reviewed by our Board of Directors  during 2016 and again in early 2017 and no changes were made.  The 
current  version  of  our  Code  of  Ethics 
the  corporate  governance  page  of  our  website  at 
www.dataio.com/company/corporategovernance.axp.  Data I/O’s Code of Ethics apply to all directors, officers and employees of Data 
I/O, including the named executive officers.  The key principles of the Code are to act legally, and with integrity in all work for Data 
I/O. 
  We  will  post  any  amendments  to  our  Code  of  Ethics  on  the  corporate  governance  page  of  our  website  at 
www.dataio.com/company/investorrelations/corporategovernance.aspx.  In the unlikely event that the Board of Directors approves any 
waiver to the Code of Ethics for our executive officers or directors, information concerning such waiver will also be posted on our 
website.  In addition to posting information regarding amendments and waivers on our website, the same information will be included 
in a Current Report on Form 8-K within four business days following the date of the amendment or waiver, unless website posting of 
such amendments or waivers is permitted by the rules of The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC.  

Risk Oversight 

Our Board of Directors consists of four independent directors, and one non-independent director, our Chief Executive Officer.  Risk 
oversight is generally handled by our entire Board of Directors, although certain risk oversight areas such as internal control and cyber 
risk are handled by our Audit Committee, and compensation is handled by our Compensation Committee, respectively. 

Director Independence 

Messrs.  Crowley,  Gallenberger,  Howe  and  Brown  are  independent  directors,  as  defined  by  applicable  NASDAQ  listing  standards.  
Mr. Ambrose, our Chief Executive Officer, is not an independent director. 

Leadership Structure 

Our Chairman, Mr. Howe, is an independent director and Mr. Ambrose is our Chief Executive Officer, President and Director.   

PROPOSAL 1:  ELECTION OF DIRECTORS 

At the 2016 Annual Meeting, the shareholders elected  five directors to serve until the next Annual Meeting or until such director’s 
successor has been qualified and elected or such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.   For the 2017 Annual Meeting, the 
Board of Directors has approved the five nominees named below.  All the nominees are currently members of the Board of Directors.  
Each of the nominees has indicated that they are willing and able to serve as directors.  However, should one or more of the nominees 
not accept the nomination, or otherwise be unwilling or unable to serve, it is intended that the proxies will be voted for the election of 
a substitute nominee or nominees designated by the Board of Directors.   

RECOMMENDATION:  The Board of Directors recommends a vote FOR each of the director nominees. 

Anthony Ambrose, age 55, was appointed a director of Data I/O effective October 25, 2012.  He joined Data I/O October 25, 2012 
and has served as President and Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”).  Prior to Data I/O, Mr. Ambrose was Owner and Principal of Cedar 
Mill  Partners,  LLC,  a  strategy  consulting  firm  since  2011.    From  2007  to  2011,  he  was  Vice  President  and  General  Manager  at 
RadiSys  Corporation,  a  leading  provider  of  embedded  wireless  infrastructure  solutions,  where  he  led  three  product  divisions  and 
worldwide  engineering.    At  RadiSys,  he  established  the  telecom  platform  business  and  grew  it  to  over  $125M  in  annual  revenues.  
Until  2007,  he  was  general  manager  and  held  several  other  progressively  responsible  positions  at  Intel  Corporation,  where  he  led 
development and marketing of standards based telecommunications platforms, and grew the industry standard server business to  over 
$1B in revenues.  He is a member of the EvergreenHealth Foundation Board of Trustees.  Mr. Ambrose has a Bachelors of Science in 
Engineering from Princeton University. 

4 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mr.  Ambrose  has  extensive  semiconductor  and  mobile  broadband  networks  industry  operating  experience.    He  has  significant 
executive experience in strategy development, business management, marketing, engineering, and new product development.  His role 
as our President and CEO gives him knowledge as  well as unique insight into our challenges, opportunities and operations that the 
Board of Directors believes qualifies him to serve as a director of Data I/O. 

Douglas  W.  Brown,  age  61,  was  appointed  a  director  of  Data  I/O  effective  April  1,  2011.    Mr.  Brown  is  currently  Executive 
Chairman  of  All  Star  Directories,  Inc.,  Seattle,  Washington,  a  Web-based  publisher  of  post-secondary  online  and  career  school 
directories which he joined as President in 2005 and served in that capacity until 2016.  From 2003 to 2005, he provided governance 
and interim executive services,  with engagements including Interim President and Board member, to venture-backed clients.  From 
1998 to 2003, he was a Board member of GoAhead Software and was appointed its President in 2001.  From 1993 to 1999, he was a 
President of a Seattle-area manufacturing company which became a Division of Leggett & Platt in 1996.  Prior to that time, he was the 
Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) of Seattle Silicon, and Executive Vice President, Finance and Operations at Phamis.  He started his 
career as a Certified Public Accountant at Arthur Young & Co, now Ernst & Young, in Seattle.  Mr. Brown has a Bachelors degree in 
Business from University of Idaho.   

Mr. Brown has extensive software, financial, CEO, CFO and board level experience that the Board of Directors believes qualifies him 
to serve as a director of Data I/O. 

Brian  T.  Crowley,  age  56,  was  appointed  a  director  of  Data  I/O  effective  June  5,  2012.    Mr.  Crowley  is  currently  President  of 
Symbio,  a  software  services  company  he  joined  in  July  2015.    From  April  2014  to  July  2015,  he  served  as  Vice  President  of 
Engineering and Operations at Snupi Technologies, an Internet of Things startup.  From July 2003 to September 2013, Mr. Crowley 
served  as  the  President  and  CEO  for  BSquare  Corporation  (NASDAQ:  BSQR)  in  Bellevue,  Washington,  the  leading  provider  of 
embedded  solutions,  engineering  services  and  production  ready  software  products  for  the  smart  device  market.    Previously,  he  had 
served  as  Vice  President,  Product  Development  since  joining  BSquare  in  April  2002.    From  April  1999  to  December  2001,  Mr. 
Crowley  was  with  DataChannel,  a  developer  of  enterprise  portals  where  he  held  executive  positions  including  Vice  President  of 
Engineering  and  Vice  President  of  Marketing.    From  December  1997  to  April  1999,  he  was  Director  of  Development  at  Sequel 
Technology,  a  network  solutions  provider.    From  1986  to  December  1997,  he  held  various  positions  at  Applied  Microsystems 
Corporation, including Vice President and General Manager of the Motorola products and quality assurance divisions.  He  serves on 
the Western Washington University Business School Deans Advisory Board.  Mr. Crowley has a Bachelors of Science in Electrical 
Engineering from Arizona State University.   

Mr. Crowley has experience as a CEO and public company director, as well as prior executive management experience in industries 
related to ours in product development,  engineering, technology, and  mergers and acquisitions that  the Board of Directors believes 
qualifies him to serve as a director of Data I/O. 

Mark  J.  Gallenberger,  age  53,  was  appointed  a  director of  Data  I/O  effective  January  31,  2013.    He  is  currently  the  Senior  Vice 
President,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Chief  Operating  Officer  and  Treasurer  of  Xcerra  Corporation  (formerly  called  LTX-Credence 
Corporation)  (NASDAQ:XCRA),  a  global  provider  of  test  and  handling  capital  equipment,  interface  products,  test  fixtures,  and 
services to the semiconductor, industrial, and electronics manufacturing industries,  which he joined in 2000.  For the six years prior, 
he  was  Vice  President/Senior  Manager  with  Ernst  &Young  (Cap  Gemini)  in  their  consulting  practice,  establishing  the  Deals  & 
Acquisitions Group.  Previously, he held management and technical positions with Digital Equipment Corporation.  He has a Masters 
of  Business  Administration  from  Northwestern  University  and  a  Bachelors  of  Science  –  Electrical  Engineering  from  Rochester 
Institute of Technology.    

Mr.  Gallenberger  has  extensive  semiconductor  equipment  industry,  mergers  &  acquisition,  capital  markets,  engineering  technical, 
financial, and CFO experience that the Board of Directors believes qualifies him to serve as a director of Data I/O. 

Alan  B.  Howe,  age  55,  was  appointed  a  director  of  Data  I/O  effective  January  31,  2013.    He  has  served  as  the  Co-founder  and 
Managing Partner of Broadband Initiatives LLC, a boutique corporate advisory and consulting firm, since 2001.  He served as Vice 
President  of  Strategic  and  Wireless  Business  Development  for  Covad  Communications,  Inc.,  a  national  broadband 
telecommunications company from May 2005 to October 2008.  He served as CFO and Vice President of Corporate Development for 
Teletrac,  Inc.  from  April  1995  to  April  2001.    Previously,  he  held  various  executive  management  positions  for  Sprint  PCS,  and 
Manufacturers  Hanover  Trust  Company.    He  is  currently  a  board  member  since  2009  and  Vice  Chairman  of  Determine,  Inc. 
(NASDAQ:  DTRM)  a  board  member  since  2016  of  Urban  Communications  (TSX:  V)  and  has  served  on  a  number  of  private  and 
public boards including in the past five years former reporting companies Qualstar and  Ditech Networks, Inc.  He has a Masters of 
Business  Administration  in  Finance  from  Indiana  University  and  a  Bachelors  of  Science  –  Business  Administration  and  Marketing 
from University of Illinois. 

5 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mr. Howe has extensive wireless, business development, financial, CEO, CFO, board level and Chairman experience that the Board of 
Directors believes qualifies him to serve as a director of Data I/O. 

Communications with the Board of Directors 

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

Shareholders may communicate with the Board of Directors by sending an email or by sending a letter to Data I/O Corporation Board 
of Directors, c/o the Secretary, 6645 185th Ave NE, Suite 100, Redmond, WA 98052.  The Secretary will receive the correspondence 
and forward it to the Chairman of the applicable Board of Directors Committee or to any individual director or directors to whom the 
communication is directed. 

BOARD COMMITTEES 

During the year ended December 31, 2016, there were nine meetings of the Board of Directors.  Each of the incumbent directors who 
was on the Board of Directors during 2016 attended 100% of the aggregate of the total number of meetings of the Board of Directors 
and the total number of meetings held by all committees of the Board of Directors on which he served during his term of service on 
the Board of Directors.  Data I/O does not have a policy requiring members of the Board of Directors to attend the Annual Meeting, 
although we typically encourage our Board of Directors to attend.  Mr. Brown and Mr. Ambrose attended our 2016 Annual Meeting in 
person and Mr. Crowley, Mr. Gallenberger, and Mr. Howe attended via telephone.   

The  Board  of  Directors  had  three  standing  Committees  during  2016:    the  Corporate  Governance  and  Nominating  Committee,  the 
Audit Committee, and the Compensation Committee.  Each committee was comprised solely of independent directors during 2016, as 
defined  by  applicable  NASDAQ  listing  standards  including  director  independence  generally  as  well  as  additional  independence 
requirements  for  audit  and  compensation  committees,  and  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002.    The  following  table  shows  the 
composition of the Board Committees and Board Leadership structure during 2016 and through the date of this Proxy Statement. 

Audit Committee 

Director 
M=member  
Doug Brown 
Brian Crowley 
Alan Howe 
M  
Mark Gallenberger  M  
Anthony Ambrose 

Chair  

Compensation 
Committee 

M 
M 

Chair 

Corporate Governance 
and 
Nominating Committee 
M  
Chair 
M 
M 

Comments 

Chairman of the Board  

President & CEO 

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee 

The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, or “CGNC”, develops, recommends to the Board of Directors, and monitors a 
set  of  corporate  governance  principles  applicable  to  Data  I/O.    The  CGNC  seeks  qualified  candidates  to  serve  on  the  Board  of 
Directors, recommends them for the Board of Directors’ consideration for election as directors at the Annual Meeting of Shareholders 
and proposes candidates to fill vacancies on the Board of Directors.  The CGNC  met three times in 2016.  The CGNC continues to 
seek  qualified  candidates  and  recommends  the  director  nominees  to  the  Board  of  Directors.    The  CGNC  identifies,  evaluates,  and 
recommends director nominees and Committee assignments which are described in greater detail below. 

Audit Committee 

The Audit  Committee appoints, oversees, evaluates,  and engages  independent certified  public accountants for the ensuing  year and 
approves  the  compensation  and  other  terms  of  such  engagement;  reviews  the  scope  of  the  audit;  periodically  reviews  Data  I/O’s 
program  of  internal  control  and  audit  functions;  receives  and  reviews  the  reports  of  the  independent  accountants;  and  reviews  the 
annual  financial  report  to  the  directors  and  shareholders  of  Data  I/O.    Each  member  of  the  Audit  Committee  is  an  independent 
director, as defined by applicable NASDAQ listing standards and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  During 2016 and through the date 
of this Proxy statement, all Audit Committee members are “audit committee financial experts” as defined by the applicable Securities 
and Exchange (“SEC”) rules adopted pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  The Audit Committee met five times during 2016.  
See the “Report of the Audit Committee” for additional information. 

6 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation Committee 

The Compensation Committee is composed entirely of independent directors, as defined by applicable NASDAQ listing standards for 
compensation committees.  The Compensation Committee is responsible for setting and administering the policies which govern all of 
the compensation programs of Data I/O.   

The  Compensation  Committee  makes  recommendations  to  the  Board  of  Directors  concerning  the  compensation  of  Data  I/O’s 
executive  officers.    The  Compensation  Committee  administers  Data  I/O’s  long-term  equity  incentive  plans.    The  Compensation 
Committee reviews all employee benefit programs and approves significant changes in major programs and all new programs.   The 
Compensation Committee met four times during 2016. 

As  authorized  by  the  Compensation  Committee  charter,  the  Compensation  Committee  may  retain  consultants  or  other  advisors  to 
assist in carrying out its responsibilities.  No compensation consultants were engaged for 2016, however compensation surveys were 
purchased.  

Consideration of Director Nominees 

The  Corporate  Governance  and  Nominating  Committee  has  developed,  and  the  Board  has  approved,  Board  Responsibilities  and 
Director  Recruitment  Objectives,  which  further  outline  our  directors  roles  and  responsibilities  and  desired  traits,  characteristics, 
experience  and  criteria  for  selection.    The  Corporate  Governance  and  Nominating  Committee,  or  the  independent  members  of  the 
Board  of  Directors,  as  applicable,  in  evaluating  and  determining  whether  to  recommend  a  person  as  a  candidate  for  election  as  a 
director  consider,  in  light  of  the  Board  Responsibilities  and  Director  Recruitment  Objectives,  the  relevant  management  and/or 
technology industry experience of potential director candidates (such as experience as chief executive, operations or financial officer, 
or  similar  positions);  business  development,  mergers  and  acquisitions  experience,  public/corporate  board  experience,  diversity, 
knowledge  of  Data  I/O;  educational  experience;  commitment  to  maximizing  shareholder  value;  certain  values  such  as  integrity, 
accountability, judgment and  adherence to  high performance  standards; independence pursuant to applicable  guidelines; ability and 
willingness to undertake the required time commitment to Board functions; shareholder input; and an absence of conflicts of interest 
with Data I/O.   

Director Diversity 

The  Corporate  Governance  and  Nominating  Committee  also  considers  issues  of  diversity,  such  as  diversity  of  gender,  race  and 
national origin, education, professional experience and differences in viewpoints and skills.  The CGNC does not have a formal policy 
on  Board  diversity;  however,  the  CGNC  believes  that  it  is  important  for  Board  members  to  represent  diverse  viewpoints.    In 
considering  candidates  for  the  Board,  the  CGNC  considers  the  entirety  of  each  candidate’s  credentials  in  the  context  of  these 
standards.    With  respect  to  evaluating  the  nomination  of  continuing  directors  for  re-election,  the  individual’s  contributions  to  the 
Board are also considered.   

Identifying Director Nominees; Consideration of Nominees of the Shareholders 

The Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee may employ a variety of methods for identifying and evaluating nominees for 
director.    The  CGNC  regularly  assesses  the  size  of  the  Board,  the  need  for  particular  expertise  on  the  Board,  and  whether  any 
vacancies on the Board are expected due to retirement or otherwise.  In the event that vacancies are anticipated, or otherwise arise, the 
CGNC considers various potential candidates for director which may come to the CGNC’s attention through current Board members, 
professional  search  firms,  shareholders,  or  other  persons  and  evaluates  these  candidates  in  light  of  the  Board  Responsibilities  and 
Director Recruitment Objectives.  These candidates are evaluated at regular or special meetings of the CGNC, and may be considered 
at any point during the year. 

The  Corporate  Governance  and  Nominating  Committee  will  consider  candidates  recommended  by  shareholders,  when  the 
nominations are properly submitted, under the criteria summarized above in “Consideration of Director Nominees” and in accordance 
with  the  procedures  described  below  in  “Shareholder  Nominations  and  Proposals  for  the  2017  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders.”  
Following  verification  of  the  shareholder  status  of  persons  proposing  candidates,  the  CGNC  makes  an  initial  analysis  of  the 
qualifications of any candidate recommended by shareholders or others pursuant to the criteria summarized above to determine if the 
candidate  is  qualified  for  service  on  the  Data  I/O  Board  of  Directors  before  deciding  to  undertake  a  complete  evaluation  of  the 
candidate.  If any materials are provided by a shareholder or professional search firm in connection with the nomination of a director 
candidate, such materials are forwarded to the CGNC as part of its review.  Other than the verification of compliance with procedures 
and shareholder status, and the initial analysis performed by the  CGNC, a potential candidate nominated by a shareholder is treated 
like any other potential candidate  during  the review  process by the  CGNC.   For eligible shareholder nominees to be  placed on the 
ballot  for  the  2017  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders,  shareholders  were  required  to  deliver  nominations  for  proposed  director 

7 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
nominees to Data I/O by February 23, 2017.  While no formal candidate nominations were made by shareholders for election at the 
2017 Annual Meeting, Mr. Howe and Mr. Gallenberger were initially identified by discussions with significant shareholders and the 
Board. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions 

Our  Audit  Committee  is  charged  with  monitoring  and  reviewing  issues  involving  potential  conflicts  of  interest,  and  reviewing  and 
approving  related  party  transactions  as  set  forth  in  the  Code  of  Ethics,  which  is  posted  on  the  corporate  governance  page  of  our 
website  at  www.dataio.com/company/investorrelations/corporategovernance.aspx.   Under our Code of Ethics, our directors, officers 
and employees are expected to avoid conflicts of interest with Data I/O and are required to report any such conflicts of interest to our 
Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer, or to the Chair of our Audit Committee.  Our Audit Committee reviews all  such 
transactions and relationships by our directors and executive officers that come to its attention either through the director and officer 
questionnaires  or  otherwise,  and  considers  whether  to  approve  or  take  other  appropriate  action  with  respect  to  such  transactions  or 
relationships.  During 2015 and 2016, no related party transactions that were significant or material occurred.  

BOARD COMPENSATION 

Employee directors (Anthony Ambrose) do not receive additional compensation for serving on the Board of Directors.  During 2016, 
non-employee  directors  received  a  cash  retainer  of  $7,750  for  each  quarter  of  service.    Data  I/O  paid  additional  quarterly 
compensation to the non-employee directors who served as Chairman of the Board of Directors or as a Committee chair:  $3,750 for 
Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Directors;  $2,500  for  Chairman  of  the  Audit  Committee;  $2,000  for  Chairman  of  the  Compensation 
Committee;  and  $2,000  for  Chairman  of  the  Corporate  Governance  and  Nominating  Committee.    Fees  are  prorated  based  on  time 
served for changes in directors and assignments. 

In addition, each non-employee Board of Directors member as of May 24, 2016, was granted a restricted stock award for 5,400 shares 
of Data I/O stock.  New non-employee members who join the Board of Directors are granted 15,000 nonqualified stock options as an 
initial grant.  The stock options are granted under the provisions and terms of the Amended and Restated 2000 Stock Compensation 
Incentive Plan (“2000 Plan”).  Data I/O also reimburses non-employee directors for actual travel and out-of-pocket expenses incurred 
in connection with service to Data I/O.     

Each Data I/O non-employee member of the Board of Directors  is required to achieve ownership of Data I/O stock at least equal to 
three times the annual director cash retainer fee based on Data I/O’s then current share price.  Non-employee directors have five years 
from their initial election or appointment  to  meet the ownership target  requirement.    Amounts that count toward  meeting the target 
requirement include: shares owned; shared ownership (shares owned or held in trust by immediate family); and the gain amount from 
in-the-money vested options.  If the stock ownership target  requirement has not been met by any non-employee director, until such 
time as such director reaches the target requirement, he or she will be required to retain any Data I/O shares issued by Data I/O to such 
director (other than those disposed of to pay for the exercise and associated taxes on those shares).  As of the Record Date, all non-
employee directors have met the stock ownership target requirement.  

The Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) is required to achieve ownership of Data I/O stock of at least two times the base pay of the CEO 
based on Data I/O’s then current share price.   The CEO has five years from appointment to meet the ownership target requirement.  
Amounts that count toward meeting the target requirement are the same as for the Board of Directors.  If the stock ownership target 
requirement has not been met by the CEO, until such time as the CEO reaches the requirement amount, he or she will be required to 
retain  any  Data  I/O  shares  issued  by  Data  I/O  (other  than  those  disposed  of  to  pay  for  the  exercise  and  associated  taxes  on  those 
shares).  As of the Record Date the CEO has met the stock ownership target requirement.   

8 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTOR COMPENSATION 

The following table shows compensation paid by Data I/O to non-employee directors during 2016. 

Fees Earned 
or Paid in 
Cash 
($) 
(b) 

Stock 
Awards 
($) 
(c) 

Option 
Awards 
($)  
(d) 

Non-Equity 
Incentive Plan 
Compensation 
($)  
(e) 

Nonqualified 
Deferred 
Compensation 
Earnings  
($) 
(f) 

All Other 
Compensation 
($) 
(g) 

Total 
($) 
(h) 

Name 
(a) 

Douglas W. Brown (1)(2) 

 $41,000   $14,013  

Brian T. Crowley (1)(2) 

 $39,000   $14,013  

Alan B. Howe (1)(2) 

 $46,000   $14,013  

Mark J. Gallenberger (1)(2) 

 $39,000   $14,013  

$0  

$0  

$0  

$0  

$0  

$0  

$0  

$0  

$0  

$0  

$0  

$0  

$0  

$55,013  

$0  

$53,013  

$0  

$60,013  

$0  

$53,013  

(1)  Each outside director elected at the annual meeting in 2016 was awarded 5,400 shares of restricted stock with a fair value of 

$14,013 on May 24, 2016 vesting in one year or the next annual meeting, if earlier.  

(2)  Each  outside  director  had  the  following  aggregate  number  of  option  awards  outstanding  at  December  31,  2016:    Brown, 

27,500; Crowley, 15,000, Gallenberger 15,000 and Howe 15,000. 

SECTION 16(A) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE 

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires Data I/O’s directors, certain officers and persons who own more than 
ten percent (10%) of Data I/O’s Common Stock (“Reporting Persons”) to file with the SEC initial reports of ownership and reports of 
changes in ownership of Common Stock and other equity securities of Data I/O.  Reporting Persons are required by SEC regulations 
to furnish Data I/O with copies of all Section 16(a) reports. 

To Data I/O’s knowledge, based solely on its review of copies of such reports furnished to Data I/O and representations that  no other 
reports were required, all Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to its Reporting Persons were complied with during 2016. 

REPORT OF THE AUDIT COMMITTEE 

The  Audit  Committee  oversees  Data  I/O’s  financial  reporting  process  on  behalf  of  the  Board  of  Directors.    Management  has  the 
primary responsibility for the consolidated financial statements and the reporting process, including the systems of internal controls.  
Audit Committee members are not professional accountants, or auditors and their functions are not intended to duplicate or to certify 
the  activities  of  management  or  the  independent  auditors.    In  fulfilling  its  oversight  responsibilities,  the  Committee  reviewed  the 
audited consolidated financial statements in the Annual Report (Form 10-K) with management, including a discussion of the quality, 
not just the acceptability, of the accounting principles, the reasonableness of significant judgments, and the clarity of disclosures in the 
financial statements. 

The  Committee  reviewed  with  the  independent  auditors,  who  are  responsible  for  expressing  an  opinion  on  the  conformity  of  those 
audited consolidated financial statements with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, their judgments as to the 
quality,  not  just  the  acceptability,  of  Data  I/O’s  accounting  principles  and  such  other  matters  as  are  required  to  be  discussed  by 
PCAOB AU Section 380 with the Committee under generally accepted auditing standards.  In addition, the Committee has discussed 
with  the  independent  auditors  the  auditors’  independence  from  management  and  Data  I/O  including  the  matters  in  the  written 
disclosures  and  the  letter  provided  by  the  independent  auditors,  as  required  by  the  applicable  requirements  of  the  Public  Company 
Oversight  Board  for  independent  auditor  communications  with  Audit  Committees  concerning  independence,  and  considered  the 
compatibility of non-audit services with the auditors’ independence.   

The Committee selects and engages Data I/O’s independent auditors, is involved in selecting and approving the independent auditors’ 
lead audit partner, and discusses the overall scope and plans for the audits.  The Committee meets with the independent auditors, with 
and without management present, to discuss the results of their examinations, their evaluations of Data I/O’s internal controls, and the 
overall quality of Data I/O’s financial reporting.  The Committee held five meetings during 2016, of which five were attended by Data 
I/O’s independent auditors. 

9 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
In reliance on the reviews and discussions referred to above, the Committee recommended to the Board of Directors (and the Board 
has approved) that the audited consolidated financial statements be included in Data I/O’s Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year 
ended  December  31,  2016  for  filing  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.    The  Committee  has  considered  the  impact  of 
changing independent auditors and has selected Grant Thornton LLP as Data I/O’s auditors for the current year. 

Respectfully submitted, 

AUDIT COMMITTEE 

Douglas W. Brown (Chair) 
Mark Gallenberger 
Alan B. Howe  

April 4, 2017 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT’S FEES AND SERVICES 

Audit  Fees:  Aggregate  fees  billed  by  Grant  Thornton  LLP  for  professional  services  rendered  for  the  audit  of  Data  I/O’s  financial 
statements for each of the years ended December 31,  2016 and 2015 and for review of the financial statements included in each of 
Data  I/O’s  quarterly  reports  on  Form  10-Q  during  each  of  the  years  ended  December  31,  2016  and  2015,  were  approximately 
$192,171 and $181,178, respectively. 

Audit Related Fees:  No aggregate  fees  were billed  for  the  years ended December 31,  2016 and  2015 for assurance and  subsidiary 
related services by Grant Thornton LLP that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of Data I/O’s financial 
statements that are not reported under the caption “Audit Fees” above, including accounting treatment consultations. 

Tax Fees: No aggregate fees were billed for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 for professional services rendered by Grant 
Thornton LLP for tax compliance, tax advice, tax examination support, and tax planning. 

All Other Fees: No aggregate fees were billed  for the years ended December 31,  2016 and 2015 for all other products and services 
provided by Grant Thornton LLP that are not otherwise disclosed above. 

Policy on Pre-Approval by Audit Committee of Services Performed by Independent Auditors   

The Audit  Committee’s policy is to pre-approve all audit  and permissible  non-audit services provided by the independent auditors.  
These  services  may  include  audit  services,  non-audit  services,  tax  services  and  other  services.    Pre-approval  is  detailed  as  to  the 
particular service or category of service and is subject to a specific engagement authorization.   

During the year, circumstances may arise when it may become necessary to engage the independent auditors for additional services 
not contemplated in the original pre-approval.  In those circumstances, the Audit Committee has delegated pre-approval authority to 
the  Chair of the  Audit  Committee  for those instances  when pre-approval is needed prior to a  scheduled  Audit  Committee  meeting.  
These additional approvals should be reported at the next scheduled Audit Committee meeting.   

For 2016, all services provided by the independent auditors were pre-approved.   

Shareholder Vote  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

At our 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, our shareholders approved, in an advisory vote, the compensation of our Named 
Executive Officers, as disclosed in the Executive Compensation discussion and analysis, the compensation tables and the related 
disclosures in our proxy statement.  The proposal was approved by our shareholders with 88.21 percent of the votes cast voting “for” 
approval and 2.10 percent voting “against” approval.  In light of the level of approval by our stockholders, the Compensation 
Committee considered the result of the vote and did not make changes to our compensation policies or practices specifically in 
response to the stockholder vote. 

10 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Elements of Our Company’s Compensation Plan  

Annual executive officer compensation consists of the following elements which are described in more detail below: 

 Annual base salary; 
 Management Incentive Compensation Plan or “MICP”; 
 Long-term equity incentives; 
 Benefits; and 
 Perquisites and other perceived benefits. 

It is the Compensation Committee’s  policy to set total executive officer compensation at competitive levels based on compensation 
surveys with similar positions in similar sized company revenue ranges and at levels sufficient to attract and retain a strong motivated 
leadership team.  Our philosophy for compensation of executive officers is based on the following two principles: 

i. Executive  base  compensation  levels  should  be  established  by  comparison  of  job  responsibility  to  similar 

positions in comparable companies and be adequate to retain highly-qualified personnel; and 

ii Variable compensation should be a critical element of compensation and be set to be comparably competitive and to 

provide strong incentives to improve performance and shareholder value. 

 Annual  Base  Salary.    The  Compensation  Committee  establishes  a  base  salary  structure  for  each  executive  officer  position.  
This  structure  defines  the  salary  levels  and  the  relationship  of  base  salary  to  total  cash  compensation.    The  Compensation 
Committee reviews the salary structure periodically. 

  MICP.  The MICP offers  each executive officer a performance-based opportunity to earn  the  variable component of annual 
cash compensation in an amount tied to a percentage of the executive officer’s base salary.  The Compensation Committee’s 
philosophy  in  setting  executive  MICP  percentages  and  the  formulas  for  MICP  payout  is  to  pay  above  average  total 
compensation for better than average historical or expected financial performance and below average compensation for lower 
than or  average historical or expected financial performance.  The percentages of base salary targeted for MICP payout (“the 
MICP  Target”)  for  specific  executive  officers  for  a  given  year  are  generally  the  same  as  the  previous  year,  but  can  be 
changed  by  the  Compensation  Committee  on  an  annual  basis.    The  2015  and  2016  MICP  Target  percentages  for  our 
executive officers were as follows:  Mr. Ambrose 60% of base salary; Mr. Hatlen 45% of base salary; and Mr. Gulati 45% of 
base  salary.    The  MICP  payout  can  range  from  0%  to  200%  of  each  executive’s  MICP  Target.    If  the  maximum  target 
measures in the 2017 MICP Variable Compensation Matrix were achieved under the MICP measures, the Chief Executive 
Officer, Mr. Ambrose, would earn a cash bonus of 120% of his base salary; Mr. Gulati would earn 90% of his base salary; 
and Mr. Hatlen would earn 90% of his base salary.   

The  Compensation  Committee  determined  that  for  2015,  2016  and  2017  it  was  and  will  be  critical  to  emphasize  growth, 
profitability and cash preservation, as well as completion of key development and operational projects and corporate cost and 
spending objectives to deliver future new revenue and profitability.  They have established two measures; one for Financial 
Performance (“FP”) is based on achievement of various levels of operating income as percentage of revenue. See below for 
the  Financial  Performance  Matrix.    The  second  measure  for  Product  and  Spending  Performance  (“PSP”)  is  based  on  the 
completion of  key development and operational projects including  new product deliverables, spending and cost reductions, 
and new customer targets.  The PSP is based upon an incentive compensation pool allocated among project development and 
operational  goals  typically  related  to  delivery,  cost,  milestones,  pilot  customers,  and  releases,  as  well  as  spending  goals 
related to certain product cost reduction targets and spending reduction targets. The achieved PSP result is prorated among 
participants  based  on  their  “at  target”  percentage  incentive  compensation.  The  PSP pool  for  2016  was  set,  such  that  up  to 
approximately  27%  of  target  percentage  incentive  compensation  could  be  achieved  by  this  measure.    For  2015,  2016  and 
2017, the payout is a combination of the two (FP & PSP) measures.   

The  Compensation  Committee  believes  that  for  2015,  2016  and  2017,  the  applicable  measures  of  key  results  for  Data  I/O 
have affected or will affect near-term and long-term shareholder value.  A greater or lesser percentage of MICP Target is to 
be  paid  based  on  Data  I/O’s  actual  achievement  of  these  measures  with  the  payout  target  typically  based  on  company 
financial  plans  as  the  Board  determines  appropriate.    For  2015  the  MICP  payout  was  approximately  88%  of  target  with 
payout achieved under the combined FP and PSP measure.  For 2016 the MICP payout was approximately 117% of target 
with payout achieved under the combined FP and PSP measures.   The Compensation Committee retains discretion to adjust 
the calculation of the two measures for changes outside normal business operations such as acquisitions or asset sales.   

11 

Proxy 

 
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
 
Data I/O Corporation 2015 & 2016 MICP Variable Compensation Matrix 
Range of Payouts (actual results interpolated)  

The  2015  and  2016  MICP  Variable  Compensation  Matrix  consists  of  two  possible  alternative  measures.    Project  and 
Spending  Performance  (PSP)  and  Financial  Performance  (FP)  with  the  payout  based  upon  the  combination  of  the  two 
measures achieved.   

Project and Spending Performance (PSP)   An incentive compensation pool set to allow achievement of up to approximately 
the  first  27% of target payout  with points allocated among project development goals related to delivery, cost,  milestones, 
pilot or new customers, and releases, as well as spending goals related to certain product cost reduction targets and spending 
reduction targets.  

Financial Performance Matrix (FP) 

Operating Profit as a % of Revenue 

FP matrix payout as a % of Target 

0.0% 

0% 

2.5% 

50% 

Target  
Payout 

5.0% 

100% 

Target 200% 
Payout 

10.0%   

200%   

7.5% 

150% 

 Long-Term  Equity  Incentives.    The  Compensation  Committee  approves  grants  under  the  Data  I/O  Corporation  2000  Plan 
(“the  2000 Plan”).   This is  Data  I/O’s only  long-term incentive plan.    The primary purpose of the  2000 Plan is  to  make a 
significant element of executive pay a reward for taking actions  which  maximize  shareholder value over time.  Generally, 
new options or stock awards are granted under the 2000 Plan, except the inducement grant of options and restricted stock to 
Mr. Ambrose and the inducement grant of options to Mr. Gulati, which were awarded on their employment under the terms 
of the 2000 Plan, but consisted of unregistered Data I/O shares as permitted for inducement grants. 

Award Criteria 
The  Compensation  Committee  grants  options  or  restricted  stock  unit  awards  based  primarily  on  its  perception  of  the 
executive’s ability to affect future shareholder value and secondarily on the competitive conditions in the market for highly-
qualified  executives  who  typically  command  compensation  packages  which  include  a  significant  equity  incentive.    All 
restricted stock unit awards granted to our executive officers in 2015 and 2016 were based on these criteria.   

Exercise Price 
Historically,  all  options  granted  by  Data  I/O  have  been  granted  with  an  exercise  price  equal  to  the  fair  market  value  (an 
average of the day’s high and low selling price) of Data I/O’s Common Stock on the date of grant and, accordingly, will only 
have value if Data I/O’s stock price increases.  Options granted to employees are non-qualified.   

Vesting and Exercise 
Options granted to employees vest at a rate of 6.25% per quarter and have a six year term.  Options granted to non-employee 
Directors are also non-qualified options and vest quarterly over a three year period.  Restricted stock grants to employees vest 
annually  over  a  4  year  period.  Restricted  stock  grants  to  non-employee  Directors  vest  in  one  year  or  on  the  next  annual 
meeting date, if earlier.  All grants are subject to acceleration of vesting in connection with certain events leading to a change 
in  control  of  Data  I/O  or  in  the  event  in  a  change  in  control  or  at  any  other  time  at  the  discretion  of  the  Compensation 
Committee.  All options granted to executive officers are issued in tandem with limited stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), 
which  become  exercisable  only  in  the  event  of  a  change  in  control  of  Data  I/O.    See  “Change  in  Control  and  other 
Termination Arrangements.” 

12 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Award Process 
The  timing of our typical grant/award is  usually determined  well in advance,  with approval at a  scheduled  meeting  of our 
Board  of  Directors  or  its  Compensation  Committee  with  the  grant  date  generally  to  be  effective  on  the  date  of  our  next 
Annual Meeting of Shareholders.  The Annual Meeting of Shareholders does not coincide with any of our scheduled earning 
releases.    We  do  not  anticipate  option  grants  or  restricted  stock  awards  at  other  dates,  except  for  grants/awards  to  new 
employees based on their first date of employment or in specific circumstances approved by the Compensation Committee.  
The  grant/award  date  is  established  when  the  Compensation  Committee  approves  the  grant/award  and  all  key  terms  have 
been determined.  If at the time of any planned grant/award date, any member of our Board of Directors or Executive Officers 
is aware of material non-public information, the Company would not generally make the planned  grant/award.  In such an 
event,  as  soon  as  practical  after  material  information  is  made  public,  the  Compensation  Committee  would  authorize  the 
delayed grant/award.   

 Benefits.    Executive  Officers  of  Data  I/O  are  eligible  for  the  same  benefits  as  other  Data  I/O  employees.    Data  I/O  has  no 
defined  benefit  pension  programs.    Data  I/O  has  a  401(k)  tax  qualified  retirement  savings  plan  in  which  all  U.S.    based 
employees, including U.S.  Executive Officers, are able to contribute the lesser of up to 100% of their annual salary or the 
limit  prescribed  by  the  IRS  on  a  Roth  or  pre-tax  basis.    Data  I/O  will  match  up  to  4%  of  pay  contributed.    Matching 
contributions in any year require employment on  December 31, except in the case of retirement per the plan, and vest after 
three years of service credit.   

 Perquisites  and  Other  Personal  Benefits.    We  believe  perquisites  are  not  conditioned  upon  performance,  create  divisions 
among  employees,  undermine  morale,  and  are  inconsistent  with  our  compensation  philosophy  and  policy  of  equitable 
treatment of all employees based upon their contribution to our business.  No executive officer received perquisites valued at 
$10,000 or more in 2015 or 2016. 

 Individual Executive Officers’ Performance.  The base salary of each executive officer is reviewed annually by the President 
and Chief Executive Officer.  This is done on the basis of a review by the President and Chief Executive Officer, evaluating 
the executive’s prior year performance against their individual job responsibilities and attainment of corporate objectives and 
Data  I/O’s  financial  performance.    In  developing  executive  compensation  packages  to  recommend  to  the  Compensation 
Committee, the President and Chief Executive Officer considers, in addition to each executive’s prior year performance, the 
executive’s long-term value to Data I/O, the  executive’s pay relative  to that for comparable surveyed jobs, the executive’s 
experience and ability relative to executives in  similar positions, and the current  year increases in executive compensation 
projected in industry surveys. 

The  Compensation  Committee  then  reviews  the  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer’s  recommendations  for  executive 
officers’ total compensation and approves final decisions on pay for each executive officer based on the President and Chief 
Executive Officer’s summary of the executive officers performance and on the other criteria and survey data described above.  
In this process, the Compensation Committee consults with Data I/O’s President and Chief Executive Officer. 

The  base  salary,  total  cash  compensation,  and  long  term  equity  incentive  compensation  for  the  President  and  CEO  are 
reviewed annually by the Compensation Committee.  This review includes a written evaluation of the CEO’s performance for 
the  previous  year.    The  Compensation  Committee  meets  annually  without  the  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  to 
evaluate  his  performance  and  to  develop  a  recommendation  for  his  compensation  for  the  coming  year.    In  addition  to 
reviewing  Data  I/O’s  financial  performance  for  the  prior  year,  the  Committee  reviewed  compensation  surveys  for  chief 
executive  officers  and  the  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer’s  individual  performance,  including  development  and 
execution of short- and long-term strategic objectives, Data I/O revenue growth and profitability, the achievement of which is 
expected to increase shareholder value.   

The  Compensation  Committee  determined  the  compensation  package,  including  salary,  bonus,  MICP  participation,  stock 
option grants, restricted stock awards, and other benefits for Mr. Ambrose, President and Chief Executive Officer, based on 
the Committee’s perception of his qualifications for the position and his ability to affect future shareholder value, as well as 
during the hiring process in 2012 based on compensation surveys, advice from Korn Ferry, and the competitive conditions in 
the market.  No base pay adjustment was made in 2015 or 2016 for Mr. Ambrose, although the number of shares of restricted 
stock unit awards to Mr. Ambrose increased from 35,000 in 2014 to 50,000 in 2015 and 2016.  

Consideration of Risk in Compensation 

The Compensation Committee believes that promoting the creation of long-term value discourages behavior that leads to excessive 
risk.  The Compensation Committee believes that the following features of our compensation programs provide incentives for the 

13 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
creation of long-term shareholder value and encourage high achievement by our executive officers without encouraging inappropriate 
or unnecessary risks: 

  Our long-term incentives in the form of stock options or restricted stock awards are at the discretion of the  Compensation 

Committee and not formulaic. 

  Stock options become exercisable over a four year period and remain exercisable for up to six years from the date of grant 
and restricted stock awards vest over a four year period, encouraging executives to look to long-term appreciation in equity 
values. 

  We  balance  short  and  long-term  decision-making  with  the  annual  cash  incentive  program  and  stock  options  and  restricted 

stock that vest over four years. 

  Because  of  the  extent  of  the  CEO  and  CFO’s  direct  stock  ownership,  they  could  lose  significant  wealth  if  Data  I/O  were 

exposed to inappropriate or unnecessary risks which in turn affected our stock price. 

  The  metrics  used  in  the  MICP  are  measures  the  Committee  believes  drive  shareholder  value.    Moreover,  the  Committee 
attempts to set ranges for these measures that encourage success without encouraging excessive risk-taking to achieve short-
term results. 

 

In  addition,  the  overall  MICP  incentive  compensation  cannot  exceed  two  times  the  MICP  Target  amount,  no  matter  how 
much performance exceeds the measures established for the year. 

Accounting and Tax Considerations of our Compensation Program  

Options granted to employees are non-qualified options because of the more favorable tax treatment for Data I/O.   We are required to 
value granted stock options under the fair value method and expense those amounts in the income statement over the stock option’s 
remaining vesting period.  Restricted stock is valued at its fair value on the award date and is expensed over its vesting period. 

We  have  structured  our  compensation  program  to  comply  with  Internal  Revenue  Code  Sections  162(m)  and  409A.    Under  Section 
162(m)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  a  limitation  was  placed  on  tax  deductions  of  any  publicly-held  corporation  for  individual 
compensation  to  covered  employees  (generally  the  chief  executive  officer  and  the  three  other  most  highly  compensated  executive 
officers,  other  than  the  chief  financial  officer,  whose  compensation  must  be  disclosed  pursuant  to  rules  and  regulations  under  the 
Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934)  exceeding  $1  million  in  any  taxable  year,  unless  the  compensation  is  performance-based.    The 
Compensation Committee is aware of this limitation and believes that no compensation to be paid by Data I/O in 2017 will exceed the 
$1 million limitation, except possibly related to a change of control example. 

Change in Control and other Termination Arrangements  

 Change  in  Control  Arrangements.    Data  I/O  has  entered  into  agreements  (the  “Executive  Agreements”)  with  Messrs.  
Ambrose, Gulati and Hatlen which entitle them to receive payments if they are terminated without cause or resign with good 
reason within specified periods before or after the occurrence of certain events deemed to involve a change in control of Data 
I/O.  Effective July 30, 2014, the Executive Agreements of Messrs. Ambrose, Gulati and Hatlen were amended and restated 
and the  term of  their Executive  Agreements  was extended  with automatic renewal provisions.  The Executive  Agreements 
ensure appropriate incentives are in place for Messrs. Ambrose, Gulati and Hatlen to complete any change in control related 
transaction  and  transition,  as  well  as  comply  with  the  provisions  of  Section  409A  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code.    The 
Executive Agreements state that the resulting additional severance will be calculated under the Executive Agreements based 
on  Data  I/O’s  severance  arrangements  in  place  immediately  preceding  the  date  of  a  change  in  control  (See:  ”Other 
Termination  Arrangements” below  for current severance policy).  The Executive  Agreements provide for continuation  and 
vesting in Data I/O’s matching 401(k) contributions through the date of termination after a change in control and include a 
reimbursement allowance of $20,000 for outplacement services.  The Executive Agreements also have a transaction closing 
incentive of one half year’s annual salary for Messrs. Ambrose, Gulati and Hatlen to encourage the consideration of all forms 
of strategic alternatives.   

Data I/O’s option grants and  stock awards have been granted  pursuant to the provisions  of the 2000 Plan.  The Change in 
Control provision applicable to the 2000 Plan is as follows:   

14 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2000 Plan 
The 2000 Plan allows for the granting of “Awards”, which include options, restricted stock and other awards made pursuant 
to  the  2000  Plan.    Subject  to  any  different  terms  set  forth  in  the  award  agreement,  vesting  of  “qualifying”  options  and 
restricted stock awards may be affected by a Change in Control as described out in the table below.  A “Change in Control” is 
defined  to  include  (i)  a  merger  or  consolidation  of  the  Company  in  which  more  than  50%  of  the  voting  power  of  the 
Company’s outstanding stock after the transaction is owned by persons who are not shareholders immediately prior to such 
transaction, and (ii) the sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.  A “Qualifying Award’ is defined 
as an option or other Award that has been held for at least 180 days as of the Change of Control.  “Qualifying Shares” means 
common stock issued pursuant to a Qualifying Award which are subject to the right of Data I/O to repurchase some or all of 
such shares at the original purchase price (if any) upon the holder’s termination of services to Data I/O.  

Treatment of Awards on a Change in Control 
The  outstanding  Awards  do  not  remain  outstanding  or  are 
not  assumed  by  the  surviving  entity  or  replaced  with 
comparable Awards. 

The  outstanding  Awards  remain  outstanding  after  a  Change 
of Control or are assumed by the surviving entity or replaced 
with comparable Awards. 

The  outstanding  Awards  remain  outstanding  after  a  Change 
of Control or are assumed by the surviving entity or replaced 
with  comparable  Awards,  but  the  holder  of  a  Qualifying 
Award  is  terminated  involuntarily  within  180  days  of  the 
Change of Control. 

Acceleration of Vesting 
Subject  to  certain  limitations,  the  vesting  of  Qualifying 
Awards are accelerated in full.  Restricted stock will vest and 
options  will be exercisable in full prior to the  effective date 
of the Change of Control.   
Subject  to  certain  limitations,  the  vesting  of  outstanding 
Qualifying  Awards  will be accelerated to the extent of 25% 
of  the  unvested  portion  thereof.    The  remaining  75%  of  the 
unvested  portion  will  vest  in  accordance  with  the  vesting 
schedule set forth in the applicable Award agreement.   
All  Awards  held  by  such  person  will  be  accelerated  in  full.  
Restricted  stock  will  vest  and  options  will  be  exercisable  in 
full for a period of 90 days commencing on the effective date 
of  the  involuntary  termination,  or  if  shorter,  the  remaining 
term of the option.   

In 1983, Data I/O adopted a SAR Plan  which allows  the  Board of Directors to grant to  each director, executive officer or 
holder of 10% or more of the stock of Data I/O a SAR with respect to certain options granted to these parties.  A SAR has 
been granted in tandem with each option granted to an executive officer of Data I/O.  SARs granted which have been held for 
at least six months are exercisable for a period of 20 days following the occurrence of either of the following events: (i) the 
close of business on the day that a tender or exchange offer by any person (with certain exceptions) is first published or sent 
or  given  if,  upon  consummation  thereof,  such  person  would  be  the  beneficial  owner  of  30%  or  more  of  the  shares  of 
Common Stock then outstanding; or (ii) approval by the shareholders of Data I/O (or, if later, approval by the shareholders of 
a third party) of any merger, consolidation, reorganization or other transaction providing for the conversion or exchange of 
more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Data I/O’s Common Stock into securities of a third party, or cash, or property, or 
a combination of any of the foregoing. 

 Other Termination Arrangements.  Data I/O has a severance policy for U.S. employees that provides for severance payouts 
for terminations without cause based upon years of service.  The current formula, effective March 1, 2014, is 1 week pay for 
each year of service with a limit of six months’ pay.  For Mr. Hatlen, the prior standard formula applies, with pay and service 
years frozen at March 1, 2014, which provided 1.5 weeks of pay for each year of service for those with 10 or more years of 
service.    Mr.  Ambrose,  Mr.  Hatlen  and  Mr.  Gulati  had  at  March  25,  2017  approximately  4,  25  and  4  years  of  service, 
respectively.  Mr. Ambrose is entitled to a one year of base salary severance, except in the case of a change in control, as part 
of  his  employment  arrangement.  Mr.  Gulati  is  entitled  to a  one-half  year  of  base  salary  severance,  except  in  the  case  of  a 
change  in  control,  as  part  of  his  employment  arrangement.      Data  I/O  does  not  have  a  formal  policy  regarding  executive 
severance but has generally provided an amount it believes is consistent with severance typically provided for executives  in 
similar positions and with similar periods of service. 

15 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Change in Control and Other Termination Arrangements 

Termination 
without cause and 
Change in Control 
not applicable 

Termination without cause and Change 
in Control applicable 

Change in Control applicable without 
termination 

Name  

Compensation (3)  Compensation (2) 

Option/SAR/RSA 
Vesting (1) 

Compensation (4) 

Option/SAR/RSA 
Vesting (1) 

Anthony Ambrose (5) 

  $310,000 

$694,945 

113,750 

$155,000 

113,750 

Joel S. Hatlen (3) 

  $134,351 

$588,972 

62,500 

  $112,500 

62,500 

Rajeev Gulati (6) 

$112,500 

$475,234 

57,500 

$112,500 

57,500 

(1)  Maximum vesting on Change in Control as of March 17, 2017. 
(2)  Represents the Data I/O standard employee  severance,  alternative  Executive/Employment  Agreement  severance, change  in 

control transition/closing incentive, and outplacement expense reimbursement, as applicable as of March 17, 2017.   

(3)  Minimum  amount  per  Data  I/O  standard  employee  severance  plan;  no  formal  executive  severance  plan  is  in  place  as  of 
March 17, 2017.   A letter agreement provides that Mr. Hatlen’s severance shall be equal to the DIO standard severance in 
effect at March 1, 2014.  (See (5) below for Mr. Ambrose and (6) below for Mr. Gulati.)   

(4)  Represents change in control transition/closing incentive as of March 17, 2017. 
(5)  Mr.  Ambrose  entitled  to  a  one  year  of  base  salary  severance,  except  in  the  case  of  a  change  in  control,  as  part  of  his 

employment arrangement. 

(6)  Mr.  Gulati  is  entitled  to  a  one-half  year  of  base  salary  severance,  except  in  the  case  of  a  change  in  control,  as  part  of  his 

employment arrangement.  

16 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE 

The following table shows compensation paid by Data I/O for services rendered during 2015 and 2016 to each of our named executive 
officers.  

Name1 
(a) 

Year 
(b) 

Salary2 
(c) 

Bonus3 
(d) 

Stock 
Awards4 
(e) 

Option 
Awards4,5 
(f) 

Non-
Equity 
Incentive 
Plan 
Compen- 
sation6 
(g) 

Non-
Qualified 
Deferred 
Compen-
sation 
Earnings
7 
(h) 

All Other 
Compen- 
sation8 
(i) 

Total 
(j) 

Anthony Ambrose 
Chief Executive 
Officer & 
President 

Joel Hatlen 
Vice President 
Chief Financial 
Officer, Secretary 
Treasurer 

Rajeev Gulati 
Vice President 
Chief Technical 
Officer 

2016 
2015 

$310,000  
$310,000  

$0  
$0  

$129,750  
$158,000  

$0  
$0  

$217,625  
$163,143  

$0  
$0  

$11,661   $669,036  
$11,661   $642,804  

2016 
2015 

$225,000  
$225,000  

$750  
$0  

$64,875  
$79,000  

$0  
$0  

$118,465  
$88,808  

$0  
$0  

$11,818   $420,908  
$12,077   $404,885  

2016 
2015 

$225,000  
$225,000  

$0  
$5,063  

$51,900  
$63,200  

$0  
$0  

$118,465  
$88,808  

$0  
$0  

$11,008   $406,373  
$11,008   $393,079  

(1)  Data I/O currently has three named executive officers.   
(2)  No base pay adjustments were made for executive officers in 2016 or 2015. 
(3)  Part of incentive plan for development project team for Mr. Gulati.  Service award paid in 2016 to Mr. Hatlen. 
(4)  Amount represents the fair value of restricted stock or the fair value of stock options granted during the year.   
(5)  All  options  granted  to  executive  officers  are  granted  in  tandem  with  an  equal  number  of  SARs.    SARs  are  only 
exercisable upon the occurrence of certain events leading to a change in the control of Data I/O.  See “Change in Control 
and Other Termination Arrangements.” 

(6)  Amounts earned under the MICP variable compensation arrangement in place for the year.   
(7)  Not applicable for Data I/O. 
(8)  These amounts represent for Mr. Ambrose, Mr. Hatlen, and Mr. Gulati Data I/O’s matching contributions to Data I/O’s 
401(k)  Plan,  and  the  value  of  group  term  life  insurance  in  excess  of  premiums  paid  by  each  of  the  executive  officers 
under the standard employee benefit plans. 

17 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL YEAR-END  

Option Awards 

Stock Awards 

Equity 
Incentive 
Plan 
Awards: 
Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Unearned 
Options 
(#) 
(d) 

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexe-
rcised 
Options 
Unexer-
cisable 
(#) 
(c) 

Option 
Exercise 
Price  
($) 
(e) 

Option 
Expiration 
Date 

(f) 

Number 
of 
Shares 
or Units 
of 
Stock 
Held 
That 
Have 
Not 
Vested 
(#) 
(#) 
(g) 

Market 
Value of 
Shares or 
Units of 
Stock 
That 
Have 
Not 
Vested 
($) 
(h) 

0 

0 

1.87 

10/25/2018 

113,750  $475,475  

6.02 

5/17/2017 

62,500  $261,250  

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexer-
cised 
Options 
Exercisable 
(#) 
(b) 

140,000 

25,000 

Equity 
Incentive 
Plan 
Awards: 
Number 
of 
Unearned 
Shares, 
Units or 
Other 
Rights 
That 
Have Not 
Vested  
(#) 
(i) 

0 

0 

Equity 
Incentive 
Plan 
Awards: 
Market 
or Payout 
Value of 
Unearned 
Shares, 
Units or 
Other 
Rights 
That 
Have Not 
Vested 
($) 
(j) 

$0  

$0  

81,250 

18,750 

2.09 

7/26/2019 

45,000  $188,100  

0 

$0  

Name 

(a) 

Anthony 
Ambrose 

Joel  
Hatlen 

Rajeev 
Gulati 

18 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION 

The following table gives  information about Data I/O’s Common Stock  that  may be issued upon  the exercise of options and rights 
under all of Data I/O’s existing equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2016. 

(a) Number of securities 
to be issued upon the 
exercise of outstanding 
options, warrants and 
rights 

(b) Weighted–
average exercise 
price of outstanding 
options, warrants 
and rights 

(c) Number of securities 
remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation plans 
(excluding securities 
reflected in column (a)) 

136,425 

$4.71 

590,848 

240,000 

376,425 

$1.96 

$2.96 

0 

590,848 

Equity compensation plans 
approved by the security 
holders (1) (2) 

Equity compensation plans not 
approved by the security 
holders (3) 

Total 

(1)  Represents shares of Data I/O’s Common Stock issuable  pursuant to our 2000 Plan, 1992  Employee  Stock Purchase Plan, and 

Director Fee Plan (not currently in use).  Table excludes unvested restricted stock awards of 464,850 from the 2000 Plan. 

(2)  Stock  Appreciation  Rights  (“SAR”)  Plan  provides  that  directors,  executive  officers  or  holders  of  10%  or  more  of  Data  I/O’s 
Common Stock have a SAR with respect to each exercisable option.  While the plan has been approved by the security holders, 
no amounts are included in columns (a), (b) or (c) relating to the SAR.   

(3)  Inducement grants to Anthony Ambrose consisting of 140,000 out of an original grant of 200,000 non-qualified stock options and 

to Rajeev Gulati consisting of 100,000 non-qualified stock options. 

PROPOSAL 2:  RATIFICATION OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS 

The Board of Directors requests that the shareholders ratify the continued appointment of Grant Thornton LLP to serve as Data I/O’s 
independent auditors for calendar year 2017.  Grant Thornton LLP examined the consolidated financial statements of Data I/O for the 
year ended December 31, 2016.  Representatives of Grant Thornton LLP are  invited to be present at the Annual Meeting to make a 
statement if they desire to do so and to respond to questions by shareholders.   

The Board recommends a vote “FOR” the continued appointment of Grant Thornton LLP to serve as Data I/O’s independent 
auditors for calendar year 2017. 

PROPOSAL 3:  AMENDMENT TO 2000 PLAN 

At the Annual Meeting, the shareholders of Data I/O will be asked to approve an amendment and restatement of the 2000 Plan, which, 
if approved, will increase the number of shares of Common Stock that have been made available under the 2000 Plan by an additional 
250,000 shares, to an aggregate of 2,228,739 shares, the fair market value of such securities is $11,099,120 as of March 17, 2017 as 
well as make certain other modifications to the 2000 Plan.  As of March 17, 2017, Data I/O has outstanding options and awards with 
respect to 772,725 shares of Common Stock and  529,461 shares of Common Stock available for grants.  Approval of the proposed 
increase will also be deemed a ratification of the terms of the 2000 Plan, as amended. 

The  Board  of  Directors  believes  that  the  2000  Plan  has  contributed  to  strengthening  the  incentive  of  participating  employees  to 
achieve the objectives of Data I/O and its shareholders by encouraging employees to acquire a greater proprietary interest in Data I/O.  
The Board of Directors believes that additional shares must be reserved for use under the 2000 Plan to enable Data I/O to attract and 
retain key employees through the granting of options under the 2000 Plan.  The proposed increase in the number of shares reserved 
under the 2000 Plan is not required or intended to cover awards previously made under the 2000 Plan.  As such, no new plan benefits 
have  been  granted  to  date,  and  future  awards  under  the  2000  Plan  are  not  yet  determinable.  Information  concerning  outstanding 

19 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
awards  under  the  2000  Plan  is  available  in  this  proxy  statement  in  the  following  tables  and  the  narrative  accompanying  them: 
Summary Compensation Table, Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End and Director Compensation.    

This proposal will be approved, if a quorum is present, and if the number of votes cast, in person or by proxy, in favor of t he proposal 
exceeds the number of votes cast against the proposal.  The Board of Directors recommends a vote FOR approval of the proposed 
amendment  and  restatement  of  the  2000  Plan.    Unless  instructed  otherwise,  it  is  the  intention  of  the  persons  named  in  the 
accompanying form of proxy to vote shares represented by properly executed proxies in favor of the above-referenced amendment to 
the 2000 Plan. 

Description of the 2000 Plan, As Proposed to be Amended and Restated 

The following description of the 2000 Plan, as proposed to be amended and restated, is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full 
text of such 2000 Plan, a copy of which is attached to this Proxy Statement as Appendix A. The purpose of the 2000 Plan is to enhance 
the long-term shareholder value of Data I/O by offering opportunities to employees, persons to whom offers of employment have been 
extended, directors, officers, consultants, agents, advisors and independent contractors of Data I/O and its subsidiaries to participate in 
Data I/O’s  growth and success, and to encourage  them to remain in the service  of  Data  I/O and its subsidiaries and to acquire and 
maintain  stock  ownership  in  Data  I/O.    The  2000  Plan  may  be  administered  either  by  the  Board  of  Directors  or  a  committee  or 
committees  appointed  by  (in  either  case,  the  “Committee”),  and  consisting  of  two  or  more  independent  members  of,  the  Board  of 
Directors.  The Committee  will have broad discretion to determine the amount and type of awards and terms and conditions of the 
awards.  Individual grants will generally be based on a person’s present and potential contribution to Data I/O. 

As of March 17, 2017, Data I/O had approximately 92 employees and 8 non-employee directors who would be eligible to participate 
in the 2000 Plan.  Consultants, agents, advisors, and independent contractors can be eligible under the 2000 Plan.  Because the grant of 
awards  is  based  upon  a  determination  made  by  the  Committee  after  a  consideration  of  various  factors,  Data  I/O  currently  cannot 
determine the nature and amount of any awards that will be granted in the future to any eligible individual or group of individuals.  
However,  the  maximum  number  of  shares  that  can  be  granted  under  the  2000  Plan  during  any  calendar  year  covered  employees 
(generally  the  chief  executive  officer  and  the  three  other  most  highly  compensated  officers,  other  than  the  chief  financial  officer, 
whose compensation is required to be disclosed pursuant to the rules and regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as 
amended) is 200,000, except that Data I/O may make additional one-time grants to newly hired participants of up to 100,000 shares 
per such participant.  In addition, the maximum number of shares that can be granted to a non-employee director of Data I/O during 
any calendar year is limited to 100,000.  Data I/O believes that with these limitations and other provisions of the 2000 Plan, options 
granted under the 2000 Plan will generate “qualified performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the 
Internal Revenue Code and will, therefore, not be subject to the $1,000,000 cap on deductibility for federal income tax purposes of 
certain compensation payments in excess of $1,000,000.  See “Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences” below. 

Awards may be granted in the form of incentive stock options (“ISOs”) within the meaning of Section  422 of the Internal Revenue 
Code  of  1986,  as  amended  (the  “Code”),  nonqualified  stock  options  (“NQOs”)  (each  ISO  or  NQO,  an  “Option”  and  collectively, 
“Options”),  stock  appreciation  rights,  stock  awards  in  the  form  of  restricted  stock  (“Restricted  Stock”),  or  other  arrangements 
determined by the Committee.  Any award may be granted either alone or in tandem with other awards granted under the 2000 Plan.  
The option price  of ISOs shall be as determined by the Committee, but shall not be less than 100% of the fair  market value of the 
Common Stock on the grant date.  The option price of NQOs may be less than the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date 
of the  grant;  however, as a  matter of policy  Data I/O does not grant options  with an exercise price  that is less than the fair  market 
value of the shares on the date of grant of the option.  The Committee may condition the grant of the award upon the attainment of 
specified performance goals or other criteria, which need not be the same for all participants.  No ISOs may be granted under the 2000 
Plan on or after May  10, 2022 (May  18, 2027 if this proposal is approved),  but ISOs outstanding  under the 2000 Plan  may extend 
beyond that date. 

Options.    Options  granted  under  the  2000  Plan  may  be  ISOs  or  NQOs.    The  exercise  price  of  ISOs  may  not  be  less  than  the  fair 
market value of the shares subject to the ISO on the date of grant.  The term of any ISO granted under the 2000 Plan may not  exceed 
ten years.  In addition, ISOs are subject to certain other limitations in order to take advantage of the favorable U.S. tax treatment that 
may be available for ISOs. 

Restricted Stock.  Restricted Stock awards consist of non-transferable shares of Common Stock of Data I/O which may be subject to 
a  right  of  purchase  by  Data  I/O  although  Data  I/O  has  not  subjected  any  such  awards  to  a  repurchase  right.    The  Committee  may 
provide for the lapse of the transfer restrictions over a period of time, or may accelerate or waive such restrictions, in whole or in part, 
based on service, performance or other criteria determined by the Committee. 

Stock  Appreciation  Rights.    A  stock  appreciation  right  will  give  the  holder  the  right  to  receive  an  appreciation  distribution  in  an 
amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of the number of shares of Common Stock covered by the right over the exercise 

20 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
price per share subject to the right.  Stock appreciation rights may be granted separately or in tandem with a related Option.  Payment 
may be made in a combination of shares of Common Stock or in cash, as determined by the Committee. 

The consideration payable upon issuance or exercise of an award and any taxes related to an award must generally be paid in cash or 
check.    However,  the  Committee,  in  its  sole  discretion,  may,  either  at  the  time  the  Option  is  granted  or  at  any  time  before  it  is 
exercised and subject to such limitations as the Committee may determine, authorize payment by the tender of Common Stock already 
owned by the participant for at least six months having a fair market value on the day prior to the exercise date equal to the aggregate 
Option exercise price, by  net  exercise of the  Option, by delivery of a promissory  note, by delivery of a properly executed exercise 
notice, together with irrevocable instruction (i) to a third-party designated by Data I/O to deliver to Data I/O the amount of sale or loan 
proceeds to pay the exercise price and withholding tax obligations and (ii) to Data I/O to deliver the certificates for such  shares to the 
third-party, or by such other consideration as the Committee may permit.  In addition, to assist a holder of award (excluding a holder 
who  is  an  officer  or  director of  Data  I/O  due  to  Sarbanes  Oxley  restrictions)  in  acquiring  shares  of  Common  Stock  pursuant  to  an 
award granted under the 2000 Plan, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may authorize, either at the grant date or at any time before 
the acquisition of Common Stock pursuant to the award, the extension of a loan to the holder by Data I/O, the payment by the  holder 
of the purchase price, if any, of the Common Stock in installments, or the  guarantee by Data I/O of a loan obtained by the grantee 
from  a  third-party.    Awards  generally  may  be  exercised  at  any  time  within  three  months  after  termination  of  a  participant’s 
employment by, or consulting relationship with, Data I/O (but, only to the extent exercisable or payable at the time of termination).  
However, if termination is due to the participant’s death or disability, the award generally may be exercised for one year.   Except as 
authorized by the Committee, no award shall be assignable or otherwise transferable by a participant other than by will or by the laws 
of descent and distribution. 

The Committee may adjust the performance goals and measurements applicable to awards.  The Committee also may waive in whole 
or in part any or all restrictions, conditions, vesting or forfeiture with respect to any award granted under the 2000 Plan.  The Board of 
Directors may amend, alter or discontinue the 2000 Plan or any award at any time, except that the consent of a participant is required 
if the participant’s rights under an outstanding award would be impaired.  In addition, the shareholders of Data I/O must approve any 
amendment, alteration or discontinuance of the 2000 Plan that would (i) increase the total number of shares reserved under the 2000 
Plan, (ii) with respect to provisions solely as they relate to ISOs, to the extent required for the 2000 Plan to comply with  Section 422 
of the Code, (iii) to the extent required by other applicable laws, rules or regulations or (iv) to the extent that the Board of Directors 
otherwise concludes that shareholder approval is advisable. 

The  2000  Plan  constitutes  an  unfunded  plan  for  incentive  and  deferred  compensation.    Data  I/O  is  not  required  to  create  trusts  or 
arrangements to meet its obligations under the 2000 Plan to deliver stock or make payments. 

In  the  event  of  a  “change  in  control”  of  Data  I/O,  as  defined  in  the  2000  Plan,  in  which  the  outstanding  options  do  not  remain 
outstanding or are not assumed by the surviving entity or replaced with comparable options, the vesting of outstanding “qualifying” 
awards under the 2000 Plan will, unless the applicable agreement with respect to the award or the Committee determines otherwise, 
subject to certain limitations, be accelerated in full.  If outstanding options remain outstanding after a change of control or are assumed 
by  the  surviving  entity  or  replaced  with  comparable  options,  subject  to  certain  limitations,  the  vesting  of  outstanding  “qualifying” 
options will be accelerated to the extent of 25% of the unvested portion thereof and the vesting of outstanding  Qualifying Shares will 
be accelerated to the extent of 25% of the unvested portion thereof.   Director option grants and certain change in control agreements 
provide  for  100%  vesting  of  all  options  on  a  change  in  control.    Further,  if  the  holder  of  any  “qualifying”  award  which  remains 
outstanding or is assumed by the surviving entity in a change of control transaction is terminated involuntarily within 180 days of the 
change of control, the vesting of all options and other awards held by such person will be accelerated in full.  A “qualifying” award is 
defined as an option or award that has been held for at least 180 days as of the change of control.  Qualifying Shares means common 
stock issued pursuant to a “qualifying” award which are subject to the right of Data I/O to repurchase some or all of such shares at the 
original purchase price (if any) upon the holder’s termination of services to Data I/O.  A “change in control” is defined to include (i) a 
merger or consolidation of Data I/O in which more than 50% of the voting power of Data I/O’s outstanding stock outstanding after the 
transaction is owned by persons who are not shareholders immediately prior to such transaction, and (ii) the sale or transfer of all or 
substantially all of Data I/O’s assets. 

Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences 

THE  FOLLOWING  SUMMARY  OF  FEDERAL  INCOME  TAX  CONSEQUENCES  IS  BASED  UPON  EXISTING  STATUTES, 
REGULATIONS  AND  INTERPRETATIONS  THEREOF.    THE  APPLICABLE  RULES  ARE  COMPLEX,  AND  INCOME  TAX 
CONSEQUENCES  MAY  VARY  DEPENDING  UPON  THE  PARTICULAR  CIRCUMSTANCES  OF  EACH  PLAN  PARTICIPANT.  
THIS PROXY STATEMENT DESCRIBES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF GENERAL APPLICABILITY, BUT DOES 
NOT PURPORT TO DESCRIBE PARTICULAR CONSEQUENCES TO EACH INDIVIDUAL PLAN PARTICIPANT, OR FOREIGN, 
STATE OR LOCAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES, WHICH MAY DIFFER FROM THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME 
TAX CONSEQUENCES. 

21 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Incentive Stock Options 

Awards and Exercise of Options.  ISOs are intended to constitute “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the 
Code.  ISOs may be granted only to employees of Data I/O (including directors who are also employees).  The recipient of an Option 
(the  “Optionee”)  does  not  recognize  taxable  income  upon  either  the  grant  or  exercise  of  an  ISO.    However,  the  excess  of  the  fair 
market  value  of  the  shares  purchased  upon  exercise  over  the  Option  exercise  price  (the  “Option  Spread”)  is  includable  in  the 
Optionee’s  “alternative  minimum  taxable  income  “  (“AMTI”)  for  purposes  of  the  alternative  minimum  tax  (“AMT”).    The  Option 
Spread is generally measured on the date of exercise and is includable in AMTI in the year of exercise.  Special rules regarding the 
time of AMTI inclusion may apply for shares subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture” (including, in the case of each person subject 
to the reporting requirements of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act).  In addition, when stock is acquired subject to a “substantial risk 
of  forfeiture”,  an  Optionee’s  holding  period  for  purposes  of  determining  whether  any  capital  gain  or  loss  on  sale  is  long-term  will 
generally  not  begin  until  the  restriction  lapses  or  the  Optionee  files  an  election  under  Section  83(b)  of  the  Code  (a  “Section  83(b) 
Election”). 

Sale  of  Option  Shares.    If  an  Optionee  holds  the  shares  purchased  under  an  ISO  for  at  least  two  years  from  the  date  the  ISO  was 
granted and for at least one year from the date such shares where transferred to the Optionee, any gain from a sale of the shares other 
than to Data I/O should be taxable as capital gain.  Under these circumstances, Data I/O would not be entitled to a tax deduction at the 
time the ISO was exercised or at the time the stock was sold.  If an Optionee were to dispose of stock acquired pursuant to an ISO 
before the end of the required holding periods (a “Disqualifying Disposition”), the amount by which the market value of the stock at 
the time the ISO was exercised exceeded the exercise price (or,  if less, the amount of gain realized on the sale) would be taxable as 
ordinary income, and Data I/O would be entitled to a corresponding tax deduction.  Such income is subject to information reporting 
requirements.  Gain from a Disqualifying Disposition in excess of the amount required to be recognized as ordinary income is capital 
gain.  Optionees are required to notify Data I/O promptly after making a Disqualifying Disposition.  If the stock is sold to  Data I/O 
rather than to a third party, the sale may not produce capital gain or loss.  A sale of shares to Data I/O will constitute a redemption of 
such  shares,  which  could  be  taxable  as  a  dividend  unless  the  redemption  is  “not  essentially  equivalent  to  a  dividend”  within  the 
meaning of the Code. 

Exercise With Stock.  If an Optionee pays for ISO shares with shares of Data I/O acquired under an ISO or a qualified employee stock 
purchase  plan  (“Statutory  Option  Stock”),  the  tender  of  shares  is  a  Disqualifying  Disposition  of  the  Statutory  Option  Stock  if  the 
above  described  (or  other  applicable)  holding  periods  respecting  those  shares  have  not  been  satisfied.    If  the  holding  periods  with 
respect to the Statutory Option Stock are satisfied, or the shares were not acquired under a statutory stock option of Data I/O, then any 
appreciation  in  value  of  the  surrendered  shares  is  not  taxable  upon  surrender.    Special  basis  and  holding  period  rules  apply  where 
previously-owned stock is used to exercise an ISO. 

Nonqualified Stock Options 

Awards and Exercise of Options.  An Optionee is not taxable upon the award of an NQO.  Federal income tax consequences upon 
exercise will depend upon whether the shares thereby acquired are subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture”.  If the shares are not 
subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture”, or if they are so restricted and the Optionee files a Section 83(b) Election with respect to 
the shares, the Optionee will have ordinary income at the time of exercise measured by the Option Spread on the exercise date.  The 
Optionee’s  tax  basis  in  the  shares  will  be  their  fair  market  value  on  the  date  of  exercise,  and  the  holding  period  for  purposes  of 
determining whether capital gain or loss upon sale is long- or short-term also will begin on that date.  If the shares are subject to a 
“substantial risk of forfeiture” and no Section 83(b) Election is filed, the Optionee will not be taxable upon exercise, but  instead will 
have  ordinary  income  on  the  date  the  stock  is  no  longer  subject  to  a  “substantial  risk  of  forfeiture”,  in  an  amount  equal  to  the 
difference between the amount paid for the shares under the Option and their fair market value as of the date of lapse; in addition, the 
Optionee’s holding period will begin on the date of lapse.   

Whether or not the shares are subject to a “substantial risk of forfeiture”, the amount of ordinary income taxable to an Optionee who 
was an employee at the time of grant constitutes “supplemental wages” subject to a withholding of income and employment taxes by 
Data I/O, and Data I/O receives a corresponding income tax deduction. 

Sale  of  Option  Shares.    Upon  sale,  other  than  to  Data  I/O,  of  shares  acquired  under  a  NQO,  an  Optionee  generally  will  recognize 
capital gain or loss to the extent of the difference between the sale price and the Optionee’s tax basis in the shares, which will be long-
term gain or loss if the employee’s holding period in the shares is more than one year.  If the stock is sold to Data I/O rather than to a 
third party, the sale  may not produce capital gain or loss.  A sale of shares to Data I/O will constitute a redemption of such shares, 

22 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
which could be taxable as a dividend unless the  redemption is “not essentially equivalent to a dividend”  within the meaning of the 
Code. 

Exercise With Stock.  If the Optionee pays the option exercise price by tendering other shares of Common Stock of the Company then 
owned by the Optionee, the Optionee will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the fair market value of the number  of 
shares received upon exercise of the option, which exceed the number of shares tendered by the Optionee.  

If the surrendered shares are Statutory Option Stock as described above under “Incentive Stock Options”, with respect to which the 
applicable  holding  period  requirements  for  favorable  income  tax  treatment  have  not  expired,  then  the  newly  acquired  shares 
substituted for the Statutory Option Shares should remain subject to the federal income tax rules governing the surrendered shares, but 
the surrender should not constitute a Disqualifying Disposition of the surrendered stock.    

Net Exercise.  If a NQO is exercised through a net exercise, Data I/O will not require payment of the exercise price of the NQO but 
will reduce the number of shares issued upon exercise by the largest number of whole shares that have a Fair Market Value that does 
not exceed the aggregate exercise price. With respect to any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price, Data I/O will accept a 
cash payment from the Optionee.  The Optionee will recognize ordinary income in an amount equal to the excess of the aggregate fair 
market value of the shares that otherwise would be issued upon exercise of the NQO over the aggregate exercise price of the NQO 
being exercised.  The Optionee’s tax basis in the shares received is their fair market value at the time of exercise.   

Restricted Stock Awards 

Grant and Lapse of Restrictions.  Section 83(b) election of the Internal Revenue Code allows a the holder of a restricted stock award to 
elect, within 30 days after the date he receives a restricted stock award, to recognize and be taxed on ordinary income equal to the fair 
market value of the common stock at that time.  If the holder does not make a Section 83(b) election within 30 days from the  date he 
receives a  restricted  stock award, the holder  will recognize ordinary  income equal  to the fair  market  value of the common  stock at 
expiration of the restriction period.  The holder’s basis in the shares will equal their fair market value at the time the holder recognizes 
ordinary income.  The holder will be taxed at ordinary income rates on cash dividends paid before the end of the restriction period.  
Subject to the general rules concerning deductibility of compensation, Data I/O will be allowed an income tax deduction in the amount 
that, and for our taxable year in which, the holder recognizes ordinary income in connection with a restricted stock award.  Dividends 
on  the  restricted  stock  that  are  received  by  the  holder  before  the  end  of  the  restriction  period  also  will  be  deductible  by  Data  I/O 
subject to the general rules concerning compensation. 

Forfeiture  of  Restricted  Stock.    If  the  holder  does  not  make  the  Section  83(b)  election  described  above  and,  before  the  restriction 
period  expires,  he  forfeits  the  restricted  stock  under  the  terms  of  the  award,  the  holder  will  not  recognize  any  ordinary  income  in 
connection with the restricted stock award.  If the holder does make a Section 83(b) election and subsequently forfeits the restricted 
stock under the terms of the  award, the  holder  will  not be allowed an ordinary  income  tax deduction  with respect to the forfeiture.  
However, the holder may be entitled to a capital loss. 

Sale of Shares.  The  holder cannot  sell or otherwise dispose of  the restricted stock  until after  the restriction period expires.  When 
shares are sold after the restriction period expires, the holder will recognize gain or loss in an amount by which the sale price of the 
shares differs from his tax basis in the shares.  If, as usually is the case, the shares are a capital asset in the hands of  the holder, any 
gain  or  loss  recognized  on  a  sale  or  other  disposition  of  the  shares  will  qualify  as  capital  gain  or  loss.      Any  capital  gain  or  loss 
recognized  upon  sale  of  the  shares  will  be  treated  as  long-term  capital  gain  or  loss  if  the  holder  held  the  shares  for  more  than  12 
months from the date  he recognized ordinary income with respect to the shares and as short-term capital gain or loss if he held the 
stock for 12 months or less from the date the holder recognized ordinary income. 

Stock Appreciation Rights 

Grant.  At the time a SAR is granted, the recipient will not recognize any taxable income. 

Exercise.  At the time the holder exercises a SAR, he will recognize ordinary income equal to the cash received, or fair market value 
of any shares of common stock received, at that time (in the amount that is equal to the excess of the fair market value of a share of 
our common stock on the date the SAR is exercised over the grant price of the SAR).  The holder’s tax basis in any shares received 
will equal the fair market value of those shares at the time he recognizes ordinary income as a result of exercising the SAR.  Subject to 
the general rules concerning deductibility of compensation, Data I/O will be allowed an income tax deduction in the amount that, and 
for our taxable year in which, the holder recognizes ordinary income upon the exercise of a SAR. 

Sale of Shares.  If, as usually is the case, shares received upon exercise of a SAR (if any) are a capital asset in the hands of the holder, 
any additional gain or loss recognized on a subsequent sale or exchange of the shares will not be ordinary income but will qualify as a 

23 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
capital gain or loss.  Any capital gain or loss recognized upon sale of the shares will be characterized as long-term capital gain or loss 
if the holder held the shares for more than 12 months and as short-term capital gain or loss if the holder held the stock for 12 months 
or less.  For purposes of determining whether the gain will be recognize long-term or short-term capital gain or loss on the subsequent 
sale of the shares, the holding period will begin at the time the SAR was exercised. 

Change in Control 

Depending on the terms of an award and the determination of the Committee, upon a change in control of Data I/O, restrictions on 
awards  may  lapse,  or  the  award  may  mature  or  become  exercisable,  on  an  accelerated  schedule.    If  this  type  of  benefit,  or  other 
benefits and payments connected  with an award that result from a change  in control of Data I/O, are granted to certain individuals 
(such  as  our  executive  officers),  the  benefits  and  payments  may  be  deemed  to  be  “parachute  payments”  within  the  meaning  of 
Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code.  Section 280G provides that if parachute payments to an individual equal or exceed three 
times the individual’s “base amount,” the excess of the parachute payments over one times the base amount (1) will not be deductible 
by Data I/O and (2) will be subject to a 20% excise tax payable by the individual.  “Base amount” is the individual’s average annual 
compensation over the five taxable years preceding the taxable year in which the change in control occurs.    

Deductibility of Executive Compensation Under Code Section 162(m)   

Section 162(m) of the Code generally limits to $1,000,000 the amount that a publicly-held corporation is allowed each year to deduct 
for  the  compensation  paid  to  each  of  the  corporation’s  chief  executive  officer  and  the  corporation’s  three  other  most  highly 
compensated executive officers (other than the chief financial officer) whose compensation is required to be disclosed under rules and 
regulations  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.    However,  “qualified  performance-based  qualified  compensation”  is  not 
subject to the $1,000,000 deduction limit.  In general, to qualify as performance-based compensation, the following requirements need 
to be satisfied:  (1) payments must be computed on the basis of an objective, performance-based compensation standard determined by 
a committee consisting solely of two or more “outside directors,” (2) the material terms under which the compensation is to be paid, 
including the business criteria upon which the performance goals are based, and a limit on the maximum bonus amount which may be 
paid  to  any  participant  pursuant  with  respect  to  any  performance  period,  must  be  approved  by  a  majority  of  the  corporation’s 
shareholders  and  (3) the  committee  must  certify  that  the  applicable  performance  goals  were  satisfied  before  payment  of  any 
performance-based compensation.  Stock options and SARs issued with an exercise price that is not less than the fair market value of 
the stock at the date of grant will performance based compensation for purposes of Section 162(m) if the shareholder approved plan 
contains  certain  required  limitations  and  the  plan  and  awards  have  been  administered  in  accordance  with  requirements  under  Code 
Section 162(m).   

PROPOSAL 4: SAY ON PAY - ADVISORY VOTE ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  

The  Board  of  Directors  requests  that  the  shareholders  approve,  on  an  advisory  basis,  the  compensation  paid  to  Data  I/O’s  Named 
Executive Officers, as described in “Executive Compensation”, pursuant to the following Advisory Resolution:  

“RESOLVED, that Data I/O’s shareholders approve, on an advisory basis, the compensation of Data I/O’s named executive 
officers,  as  disclosed  in  Data  I/O’s  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2017  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  pursuant  to  the  compensation 
disclosure rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, including the 2016 Summary Compensation Table and the other related 
tables and disclosure.”  

Our executive compensation program contains elements of cash, incentive and equity-based compensation and is designed to align the 
interests of our executives with those of our shareholders.  The “Executive Compensation” section of this proxy statement, describes 
in detail our executive compensation programs.   

The Board has implemented an executive compensation program that is intended to reward performance based on goals established by 
the Board.  The Board fosters a performance-oriented culture by linking a significant portion of each executive officer’s compensation 
to overall Company performance, as  measured in  2017 by  operating income as a percentage of revenue  and/or achievement of  key 
development projects and corporate cost and spending objectives, which the Company believes to be important metrics for Data I/O 
and its shareholders.  We believe that equity awards align the interests of our executives with those of our long-term shareholders by 
encouraging  long-term  performance  and  incentivizing  our  executives  to  increase  long-term  shareholder  value.    Equity  awards 
represent a key component, and are a significant portion, of our executive compensation.   

The Board has designed Data I/O’s executive compensation program to attract, motivate, reward and retain our executive officers to 
achieve Data I/O’s corporate objectives and increase shareholder value.   

24 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Say on Pay vote is advisory and not binding on Data I/O or the Board of Directors, however the Board will consider the outcome 
of the vote when making future compensation decisions for our executive officers. 

The Board recommends a vote “FOR” the Advisory Resolution (Say on Pay) approving the compensation of the Company’s 
named executive officers as described in this Proxy Statement.   

 OTHER BUSINESS 

As of the date of this Proxy Statement, Data I/O is not aware of any other business to be acted upon at the Annual Meeting.  If any 
other business calling for a vote of the shareholders is properly presented at the meeting, the holders of the proxies will vote or refrain 
from voting in accordance with their best judgment. 

SHAREHOLDER NOMINATIONS AND PROPOSALS FOR THE 2017 ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS 

Data  I/O’s  Bylaws  provide  that  advance  notice  of  nominations  for  the  election  of  directors  at  a  meeting  of  shareholders  must  be 
delivered to or mailed and received by Data I/O at its principal offices on or before February 23, 2017 in the case of the 2017 annual 
meeting of shareholders, and in the case of a special meeting of shareholders to elect directors, the close of business on the 10th day 
following the date on which notice of such meeting is first given to shareholders.  Data I/O’s Bylaws also provide that advance notice 
of  business  to  be  brought  before  the  2018  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  by  a  shareholder  must  be  submitted  in  writing  and 
delivered to or mailed and received by Data I/O on or before February 17, 2018. 

Each notice of a nomination or proposal of business must contain, among other things:  (i) the name and address of the shareholder 
who intends to make the nomination or proposal;  (ii) a representation that the shareholder is a holder of record of stock of Data I/O 
entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified 
in  the  notice  or  to  vote  at  the  meeting  for  the  proposal;    (iii)  a  description  of  all  arrangements  or  understandings  between  the 
shareholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nomination or 
nominations are to be made by the shareholder and any material interest of such shareholder in any proposal to be submitted to the 
meeting; (iv) such other information regarding each nominee or proposal as  would be required to be included in a proxy statement 
filed  pursuant  to  the  proxy  rules  of  the  SEC;  and  (v)  with  respect  to  the  nominations,  the  consent  of  each  nominee  to  serve  as  a 
director of Data I/O if elected. 

A  copy  of  the  full  text  of  the  provisions  of  Data  I/O’s  Bylaws  dealing  with  shareholder  nominations  and  proposals  is  available  to 
shareholders from the Secretary of Data I/O upon written request.  The Bylaws may also be accessed online, as a Form 10K exhibit as 
referenced in our Annual Report on Form 10K.  SEC rules establish a deadline for submission of shareholder proposals that are not 
intended to be included in Data I/O’s proxy statement with respect to discretionary voting (the “Discretionary Vote Deadline”).  The 
Discretionary Vote Deadline for the 2017 Annual Meeting was February 23, 2017.  If a shareholder gives notice of such a proposal 
after  the  Discretionary  Vote  Deadline,  Data  I/O’s  proxy  holders  will  be  allowed  to  use  their  discretionary  voting  authority  to  vote 
against the shareholder proposal when and if the proposal is raised at the 2017 Annual Meeting. 

Eligible shareholders who intend to have a proposal considered for inclusion in Data I/O’s proxy materials for presentation at the 2018 
Annual Meeting  must  submit the proposal to Data I/O at its principal offices no  later than December  14, 2017.  Shareholders  who 
intend to present a proposal at the 2018 Annual Meeting without inclusion of such proposal in Data I/O’s proxy materials are required 
to provide notice of such proposal to Data I/O no later than February 17, 2018, as further directed above.   

To qualify as an “eligible” shareholder, a shareholder must have been a record or beneficial owner of at least one percent (1%) of Data 
I/O’s outstanding Common Stock, or shares of Common Stock having a market value of at least $2,000, for a period of at least one (1) 
year prior to submitting the proposal, and the shareholder must continue to hold the shares through the date on which the meeting is 
held. 

Data I/O reserves the right to reject, rule out of order, or take appropriate action with respect to any proposal that does not comply 
with these and other applicable requirements, but only after Data I/O has notified the shareholder(s) who have submitted the proposal 
of the problem and such shareholder(s) have failed to correct it.  This obligation to notify the appropriate shareholder(s) does not apply 
to the failure to submit such proposal prior to the deadlines discussed above. 

STOCKHOLDERS SHARING THE SAME ADDRESS 

To reduce the expenses of delivering duplicate materials, we are taking advantage of the SEC’s “house holding” rules which permit us 
to deliver only one  set of proxy  materials (or one  Notice of Internet  Availability of Proxy Materials) to  shareholders  who share an 
address  unless  otherwise  requested.    If  you  share  an  address  with  another  shareholder  and  have  received  only  one  set  of  these 

25 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
request  a  separate  copy  at  no  cost 

materials,  you  may 
Investor  Relations  by  email  at 
investorrelations@dataio.com,  by  phone  at  (425)  881-6444,  by  fax  at  (425)  881-2917  or  by  writing  to  Data  I/O  investor  relations, 
attention Joel Hatlen, 6464 185th Avenue NE, Suite 101, Redmond WA 98052.  For future annual meetings, you may request separate 
materials,  or  request  that  we  send  only  one  set  of  materials  to  you  if  you  are  receiving  multiple  copies,  by  contacting  Investor 
Relations as noted above. 

to  you  by  contacting 

SOLICITATION OF PROXIES 

The proxy accompanying this Proxy Statement is solicited by the Board of Directors.  Proxies may be solicited by officers, directors 
and  regular  supervisory  and  executive  employees  of  Data  I/O,  none  of  whom  will  receive  any  additional  compensation  for  their 
services.  In addition, Data I/O may engage an outside proxy solicitation firm to render proxy solicitation services and, if so, will pay a 
fee for such services.  Solicitations of proxies may be made personally, or by mail, telephone, telegraph or messenger.  Data I/O will 
pay persons holding shares of Common Stock in their names or in the names of nominees, but not owning such shares beneficially, 
such as brokerage houses, banks and other fiduciaries, for the expense of forwarding soliciting materials to their principals.  All such 
costs of solicitation of proxies will be paid by Data I/O. 

Copies of our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016 are being mailed with this Proxy Statement to each 
shareholder  of  record.    If  you  did  not  receive  a  copy  of  our  annual  report  Form  10-K,  you  may  obtain  a  copy  (without  exhibits) 
without  charge  by  writing  c/o  Secretary,  6645  185th  Avenue  NE,  Suite  100,  Redmond,  WA  98052  or  by  calling  (425)  881-6444.  
Copies  of  the  exhibits  to  our  annual  report  on  Form  10-K  are  available  for  a  nominal  fee  or  may  be  viewed  at 
http://www.dataio.com/company/investorrelations/annualmeeting.aspx or www.sec.gov in the EDGAR filing of our report.   

Redmond, Washington 
April 4, 2017 

By Order of the Board of Directors 

/s/ Anthony Ambrose 
Anthony Ambrose 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

26 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Appendix A 

DATA I/O CORPORATION 
2000 STOCK COMPENSATION INCENTIVE PLAN 

1.  PURPOSES 

1.1  The  purpose  of  the  Data  I/O  Corporation  2000  Stock  Compensation  Incentive  Plan,  as  amended  and  restated,  (the  “2000 
Plan”) is to enhance the long-term shareholder value of Data I/O Corporation, a Washington corporation (the “Company”), by offering 
opportunities  to  employees,  persons  to  whom  offers  of  employment  have  been  extended,  directors,  officers,  consultants,  agents, 
advisors and independent contractors of Data I/O and its Subsidiaries (as defined in Section 2) to participate in Data I/O's growth and 
success, and to encourage them to remain in the service of Data I/O and its Subsidiaries and to acquire and maintain stock ownership 
in Data I/O. 

2.  DEFINITIONS 

For purposes of the 2000 Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below: 

2.1  Acquired Entities. 

“Acquired Entities” has the meaning given in Section 6.2. 

2.2  Acquisition Transaction. 

“Acquisition Transaction” has the meaning given in Section 6.2. 

2.3  Award. 

“Award” means a grant made to a Participant pursuant to the  2000 Plan, including, without limitation, grants of Options, Stock 

Appreciation Rights, Stock Awards, Other Stock-Based Awards or any combination of the foregoing. 

2.4  Board. 

“Board” means the Board of Directors of Data I/O. 

2.5  Cause. 

“Cause”  means  dishonesty,  fraud,  misconduct,  disclosure  of  confidential  information,  conviction  of,  or  a  plea  of  guilty  or  no 
contest to, a felony under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, habitual absence from work for reasons other than illness, 
intentional conduct  which causes significant injury to Data I/O, habitual abuse of alcohol or a controlled substance, in each case as 
determined by the Plan Administrator, and its determination shall be conclusive and binding. 

2.6  Change in Control. 

“Change in Control” means (i) the consummation of a merger or consolidation of Data I/O with or into another entity or any other 
corporate reorganization, if more than 50% of the combined voting power of the continuing or surviving entity’s securities outstanding 
immediately  after  such  merger,  consolidation  or  other  reorganization  is  owned  by  persons  who  were  not  shareholders  of  Data  I/O 
immediately  prior  to  such  merger,  consolidation  or  other  reorganization  or  (ii)  the  sale,  transfer  or  other  disposition  of  all  or 
substantially all of Data I/O’s assets.  A transaction shall not constitute a Change in Control if its sole purpose is to change the state of 
Data I/O’s incorporation or to create a holding company that will be owned in substantially the same proportions by the persons who 
held Data I/O’s securities immediately before such transaction. 

2.7  Code. 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time. 

27 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.8  Common Stock. 

“Common Stock” means the common stock, no par value, of Data I/O. 

2.9  Disability. 

“Disability” means a medically determinable mental or physical impairment or condition of the Holder which is expected to result 
in death or which has lasted or is expected to last for a continuous period of twelve (12) months or more and which causes the Holder 
to be unable, in the opinion of the Plan Administrator on the basis of evidence acceptable to it, to perform his or her duties for Data 
I/O and, in the case of a determination of Disability for purposes of determining the exercise period for an Incentive Stock Option, to 
be engaged in any substantial gainful activity.  Upon making a determination of Disability, the Plan Administrator shall, for purposes of 
the 2000 Plan, determine the date of the Holder’s termination of employment, service or contractual relationship. 

2.10  Exchange Act. 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

2.11  Fair Market Value. 

“Fair Market Value” shall be as established in good faith by the Plan Administrator or (a) if the Common Stock is listed on the 
NASDAQ  Capital  Market,  the  mean  between  the  high  and  low  selling  prices  for  the  Common  Stock  as  reported  by  the  NASDAQ 
Capital Market for a single trading day or (b) if the Common Stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock 
Exchange,  the  mean  between  the  high  and  low  selling  prices  for  the  Common  Stock  as  such  prices  are  officially  quoted  in  the 
composite tape of transactions on such exchange for a single trading day.  If there is no such reported price for the Common Stock for 
the date in question, then such price on the last preceding date for which such price exists shall be determinative of Fair Market Value. 

2.12  Grant Date. 

“Grant Date” means the date the Plan Administrator adopted the granting resolution or a later date designated in a resolution of 

the Plan Administrator as the date an Award is to be granted. 

2.13  Holder. 

“Holder” means the Participant to whom an Award is granted or the personal representative of a Holder who has died. 

2.14  Incentive Stock Option. 

“Incentive Stock Option” means an Option to purchase Common Stock granted under Section 7 with the intention that it qualify 

as an “incentive stock option” as that term is defined in Section 422 of the Code. 

2.15  Involuntary Termination. 

“Involuntary Termination” means termination of the Holder’s service to Data I/O (or the parent or subsidiary company employing 
such Holder) or the other party to the transaction constituting a Change in Control by reason of (i) the involuntary discharge of such 
Holder by Data I/O (or the parent or subsidiary company employing such Holder) or the other party to the transaction constituting a 
Change in Control for reasons other than Cause or (ii) the voluntary resignation of the Holder following (A) a change in such Holder’s 
position  with  Data  I/O  (or  its  successor  or  the  parent  or  subsidiary  company  that  employs  such  Holder)  or  the  other  party  to  the 
transaction  constituting  a  Change  in  Control  that  materially  reduces  such  Holder’s  level  of  authority  or  responsibility  or  (B)  a 
reduction in such Holder’s compensation (including base salary, fringe benefits and participation in bonus or incentive programs based 
on corporate performance) by more than 20%. 

2.16  Nonqualified Stock Option. 

“Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option to purchase Common Stock granted under Section 7 other than an Incentive Stock 

Option. 

2.17  Option. 

“Option” means the right to purchase Common Stock granted under Section 7. 

28 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.18  Option Shares. 

“Option Shares” means the shares of Common Stock issuable upon a Holder’s exercise of an Option granted under the 2000 Plan. 

2.19  Other Stock-Based Award. 

“Other Stock-Based Award” means an Award granted under Section 11. 

2.20  Participant. 

“Participant” means an individual who is a Holder of an Award or, as the context may require, any employee, director (including 
directors who are not employees), officer, consultant, agent, advisor or independent contractor of Data I/O or a Subsidiary  who has 
been designated by the Plan Administrator as eligible to participate in the 2000 Plan. 

2.21  Plan Administrator. 

“Plan Administrator” means the Board or any committee designated to administer the 2000 Plan under Section 3.1. 

2.22  Qualifying Award. 

“Qualifying Award” means an Option or an Award that is held by a person who had been an employee, director, consultant or 

agent to Data I/O for at least 180 days as of the effective date of a Change in Control. 

2.23  Qualifying Shares. 

“Qualifying  Shares”  means  shares  of  Common  Stock  issued  pursuant  to  a  Qualifying  Award  which  are  subject  to  the  right  of  
Data I/O to repurchase some or all of such shares at the original purchase price (if any) upon termination of the Holder’s services to 
Data I/O. 

2.24  Restricted Stock. 

“Restricted Stock” means shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to a Stock Award under Section 10, the rights of ownership 

of which are subject to restrictions prescribed by the Plan Administrator. 

2.25  Securities Act. 

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

2.26  Stock Appreciation Right. 

“Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award granted under Section 9. 

2.27  Stock Award. 

“Stock Award” means an Award granted under Section 10. 

2.28  Subsidiary. 

“Subsidiary,” except as expressly provided otherwise, means any entity that is directly or indirectly controlled by Data I/O or in 
which Data I/O has a significant ownership interest, as determined by the Plan Administrator, and any entity that may become a direct 
or indirect parent of Data I/O. 

2.29  Unvested Portion. 

“Unvested Portion” means the portion of a Qualifying Award or Qualifying Shares that is/are unvested as of the effective date of 

a Change in Control. 

29 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2.30  Vested Portion. 

“Vested Portion” means the portion of a  Qualifying  Award or Qualifying Shares that is/are vested as of the effective  date  of a 

Change in Control. 

3.  ADMINISTRATION 

3.1  Plan Administrator. 

The 2000 Plan shall be administered by the Board or a committee or committees (which term includes subcommittees) appointed 
by, and consisting of two or more  members of, the  Board.   Any such committee shall  have the powers and authority vested in the 
Board hereunder (including the power and authority to interpret any provision of the 2000 Plan or of any Award).  The Board, or any 
committee  thereof  appointed  to  administer  the  2000  Plan,  is  referred  to  herein  as  the  "Plan  Administrator."    If  and  so  long  as  the 
Common  Stock  is  registered  under  Section  12(b)  or  12(g)  of  the  Exchange  Act,  the  Board  shall  consider  in  selecting  the  Plan 
Administrator and the membership of any committee acting as Plan Administrator for any persons subject or likely to become subject 
to Section 16 under the Exchange Act the provisions regarding (a) “outside directors” as contemplated by Section 162(m) of the Code 
and (b) “Non-Employee Directors” as contemplated by Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.  The Board or Plan Administrator may 
delegate the responsibility for administering the  2000 Plan with respect to designated classes of eligible Participants to one or more 
senior executive officers or committees thereof, the members of which need not be members of the Board, subject to such limitations 
as the Board deems appropriate.  Committee members shall serve for such term as the Board may determine, subject to removal by the 
Board at any time. 

3.2  Administration and Interpretation by the Plan Administrator. 

Except for the terms, conditions and limitations explicitly set forth in the 2000 Plan, the Plan Administrator shall have exclusive 
authority,  in  its  absolute  discretion,  to  determine  all  matters  relating  to  Awards  under  the  2000  Plan,  including  the  selection  of 
individuals  to  be  granted  Awards,  the  type  of  Awards,  the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  subject  to  an  Award,  all  terms, 
conditions,  restrictions  and  limitations,  if  any,  of  an  Award  and  the  terms  of  any  instrument  that  evidences  the  Award.    The  Plan 
Administrator shall also have exclusive authority to interpret the 2000 Plan and may from time to time adopt, change and rescind rules 
and regulations of general application for the 2000 Plan's administration.  This authority shall include the sole authority to correct any 
defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this 2000 Plan and make all other determinations necessary or advisable 
for  the  administration  of  the  2000  Plan  and  do  everything  necessary  or  appropriate  to  administer  the  2000  Plan.    The  Plan 
Administrator's interpretation of the 2000 Plan and its rules and regulations, and all actions taken and determinations made by the Plan 
Administrator pursuant to the 2000 Plan shall be conclusive and binding on all parties involved or affected. The Plan Administrator 
may delegate administrative duties to such of Data I/O's officers as it so determines. 

4.  STOCK SUBJECT TO THE 2000 PLAN 

4.1  Authorized Number of Shares. 

As of March 10, 2000, Data I/O had outstanding options with respect to 1,215,000 shares of Common Stock and 270,499 shares 
of  Common  Stock  available  for  additional  grants  under  the  2000 Plan  and  the  Data  I/O  1986  Employee  Stock  Option  Plan  (“1986 
Plan”).    Subject  to  adjustment  from  time  to  time  as  provided  in  Section  14.1,  Awards  of  the  authorized  but  unissued  shares  of 
Common  Stock  under  the  1986  Plan,  or  shares  of  Common  Stock  that  become  available  under  the  1986  Plan  as  a  result  of  the 
expiration or termination of options, may be granted under this 2000 Plan.  Awards for an additional 300,000 shares of Common Stock 
shall  also  be  available  for  issuance  under  the  2000  Plan.    Shares  issued  under  the  2000  Plan  shall  be  drawn  from  authorized  and 
unissued shares.  See also Section 18 for 2000 Plan amendments. 

4.2  Limitations. 

(a) 

Subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Section 14.1, not more than 200,000 shares of Common Stock 
may be made subject to Awards under the 2000 Plan to any individual Participant in the aggregate in any one (1) calendar year, except 
that  Data  I/O  may  make  additional  one-time  grants  to  newly  hired  Participants  of  up  to  100,000  shares  per  such  Participant;  such 
limitation shall be applied in a manner consistent with the requirements of, and only to the extent required for compliance with, the 
exclusion from the limitation on deductibility of compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. 

(b) 

Subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Section 14.1, not more than 100,000 shares of Common Stock 

may be made subject to Awards to any non-employee director in the aggregate in any one calendar year. 

30 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4.3  Reuse of Shares. 

Any  shares  of  Common  Stock  that  have  been  made  subject  to  an  Award  that  cease  to  be  subject  to  the  Award  (other  than  by 
reason of exercise or payment of the Award to the extent it is exercised for or settled in shares) and any shares repurchased by Data 
I/O  from  a  Holder  upon  exercise  of  a  right  of  repurchase  shall  again  be  available  for  issuance  in  connection  with  future  grants  of 
Awards under the 2000 Plan; provided, however, that any such shares shall be counted in accordance with the requirements of Section 
162(m) of the Code if and to the extent applicable. Shares that are subject to tandem Awards shall be counted only once.  Also, upon a 
stock-for-stock exercise only the net number of shares will be deemed to have been used under this 2000 Plan. 

5.  ELIGIBILITY 

Awards may be granted under the 2000 Plan to those officers, directors and key employees of Data I/O and its Subsidiaries as the 
Plan Administrator from time to time selects.  Awards may also be made to consultants, agents, advisors and independent contractors 
who provide services to Data I/O and its Subsidiaries. 

6.  AWARDS 

6.1  Form and Grant of Awards. 

The Plan Administrator shall have the authority, in its sole discretion, to determine the type or types of Awards to be made  under 
the  2000  Plan.    Such  Awards  may  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  Incentive  Stock  Options,  Nonqualified  Stock  Options,  Stock 
Appreciation Rights, Stock Awards and Other Stock-Based Awards. Awards may be granted singly, in combination or in tandem so 
that  the  settlement  or  payment  of  one  automatically  reduces  or  cancels  the  other.    Awards  may  also  be  made  in  combination  or  in 
tandem  with,  in  replacement  of,  as  alternatives  to,  or  as  the  payment  form  for,  grants  or  rights  under  any  other  employee  or 
compensation plan of Data I/O. 

6.2  Acquired Company Awards. 

Notwithstanding  anything  in  the  2000  Plan  to  the  contrary,  the  Plan  Administrator  may  grant  Awards  under  the  2000  Plan  in 
substitution for awards issued under other plans, or assume under the 2000 Plan awards issued under other plans, if the other plans are 
or were plans of other acquired entities (“Acquired Entities”) (or the parent of the Acquired Entity) and the new Award is substituted, 
or the old Award is assumed, by reason of a merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or of stock, reorganization or liquidation 
(an “Acquisition Transaction”).  If a written agreement pursuant to which an Acquisition Transaction is completed is approved by the 
Board  and  said  agreement  sets  forth  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the  substitution  for  or  assumption  of  outstanding  awards  of  the 
Acquired Entity, said terms and conditions shall be deemed to be the action of the Plan Administrator without any further action by 
the Plan Administrator, except as may be required for compliance with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, and the persons holding 
such Awards shall be deemed to be Participants and Holders. 

7.  AWARDS OF OPTIONS 

7.1  Grant of Options. 

The Plan Administrator is authorized under the 2000 Plan, in its sole discretion, to issue Options as Incentive Stock Options or as 

Nonqualified Stock Options, which shall be appropriately designated. 

7.2  Option Exercise Price. 

The exercise price for shares purchased under an Option shall be as determined by the Plan Administrator, but shall not be less 

than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Grant Date with respect to Incentive Stock Options. 

7.3  Term of Options. 

The term of each Option shall be as established by the Plan Administrator or, if not so established, shall be six (6) years from the 

Grant Date. 

31 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7.4  Exercise of Options. 

The  Plan  Administrator  shall  establish  and  set  forth  in  each  instrument  that  evidences  an  Option  the  time  at  which  or  the 
installments in which the Option shall become exercisable, which provisions may be waived or modified by the Plan Administrator at 
any time.  If not so established in the instrument evidencing the Option or otherwise set at the time of grant, the Option will be subject 
to the following:  (a) 25% of the Option shall vest and become exercisable on each anniversary of the Grant Date such that the Option 
shall  be  fully  vested  on  the  fourth  anniversary  of  the  Grant  Date;  (b)  in  no  event  shall  any  additional  Option  Shares  vest  after 
termination of Holder’s employment by or service to Data I/O; and (c) the Plan  Administrator  may  waive or  modify the  foregoing 
schedule at any time. 

To the extent that the right to purchase shares has accrued there under, an Option may be exercised from time to time by written 
notice  to  Data  I/O,  in  accordance  with  procedures  established  by  the  Plan  Administrator,  setting  forth  the  number  of  shares  with 
respect to which the Option is being exercised and accompanied by payment in full as described in Section 7.5.  An Option may not be 
exercised as to less than 100 shares at any one time (or the lesser number of remaining shares covered by the Option). 

7.5  Payment of Exercise Price. 

The exercise price for shares purchased under an Option shall be paid in full to Data I/O by delivery of consideration equal to 
the  product  of  the  Option  exercise  price  and  the  number  of  shares  purchased.  Such  consideration  must  be  paid  in  cash  or  check 
(unless, at the time of exercise, the Plan Administrator determines not to accept a personal check), except that the Plan Administrator, 
in its sole discretion, may, either at the time the Option is granted or at any time before it is exercised and subject to such limitations as 
the Plan Administrator may determine, authorize payment in cash and/or one or more of the following alternative forms: (a) tendering 
(either actually or, if and so long as the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, by attestation) 
Common Stock already owned by the Holder for at least six months (or any shorter period necessary to avoid a charge to Data I/O's 
earnings  for  financial  reporting  purposes)  having  a  Fair  Market  Value  on  the  day  prior  to  the  exercise  date  equal  to  the  aggregate 
Option exercise price; (b) a promissory note delivered pursuant to Section 12; (c) if and so long as the Common Stock is registered 
under  Section  12(b)  or  12(g)  of  the  Exchange  Act,  delivery  of  a  properly  executed  exercise  notice,  together  with  irrevocable 
instructions, to (i) a third party designated by Data I/O to deliver promptly to Data I/O the aggregate amount of sale or loan proceeds 
to pay the Option exercise price and any withholding tax obligations that may arise in connection with the exercise and (ii) Data I/O to 
deliver  the  certificates  for  such  purchased  shares  directly  to  such  third  party,  all  in  accordance  with  the  regulations  of  the  Federal 
Reserve Board; (d) the net exercise of the Option as defined below; or (e) such other consideration as the Plan  Administrator  may 
permit. 

In the case of a "net exercise" of an Option, the Company will not require a payment of the exercise price of the Option from 
the Holder but will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon the exercise by the largest number of whole shares that 
have a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price. With respect to any remaining balance of the aggregate 
exercise price, the Company will accept a cash payment from the Participant. 

The  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  underlying  an  Option  will  decrease  following  the  exercise  of  such  Option  to  the 
extent of (i) shares used to pay the exercise price of an Option under the "net exercise" feature, (ii) shares actually delivered to the 
Holder as a result of such exercise, and (iii) shares withheld for purposes of tax withholding. 

7.6  Post-Termination Exercises. 

The Plan Administrator may establish and set forth in each instrument that evidences an Option whether the Option will continue 
to be exercisable, and the terms and conditions of such exercise, if a Holder ceases to be employed by, or to provide services to, Data 
I/O or its Subsidiaries, which provisions may be waived or modified by the Plan Administrator at any time. 

If not so established in the instrument evidencing the Option, the Option will be exercisable according to the following terms and 

conditions, which may be waived or modified by the Plan Administrator at any time. 

In  case  of  termination  of  the  Holder’s  employment  or  services  other  than  by  reason  of  death  or  Cause,  the  Option  shall  be 
exercisable, to the extent of the number of shares purchasable by the Holder at the date of such termination, only (a) within one (1) 
year if the termination of the Holder’s employment or services are coincident with Disability or (b) within three (3) months  after the 
date  the  Holder  ceases  to  be  an  employee,  director,  officer,  consultant,  agent,  advisor  or  independent  contractor  of  Data  I/O  or  a 
Subsidiary if termination of the Holder’s employment or services is for any reason other than death or Disability, but in no  event later 
than the remaining term of the Option.  Any Option exercisable at the time of the Holder’s death may be exercised, to the extent of the 
number of shares purchasable by the Holder at the date  of the Holder’s death, by the personal representative of the Holder’s  estate 
entitled thereto at any time or from time to time within one (1) year after the date of death, but in no event later than the remaining 

32 

Proxy 

 
 
 
term of the Option.  In case of termination of the Holder’s employment or services for Cause, the Option shall automatically terminate 
upon first discovery by Data I/O of any reason for such termination and the Holder shall have no right to purchase any Shares pursuant 
to  such  Option,  unless  the  Plan  Administrator  determines  otherwise.    If  a  Holder’s  employment  or  services  with  Data  I/O  are 
suspended  pending  an  investigation  of  whether  the  Holder  shall  be  terminated  for  Cause,  all  the  Holder’s  rights  under  any  Option 
likewise shall be suspended during the period of investigation. 

A transfer of employment or services between or among Data I/O and its Subsidiaries shall not be considered a termination of 
employment  or  services.    The  effect  of  a  Company-approved  leave  of  absence  or  short-term  break  in  service  on  the  terms  and 
conditions of an Option shall be determined by the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion. 

8.  INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS 

To the extent required by Section 422 of the Code, Incentive Stock Options shall be subject to the following additional terms and 

conditions: 

8.1  Dollar Limitation. 

To  the  extent  the  aggregate  Fair  Market  Value  (determined  as  of  the  Grant  Date)  of  Common  Stock  with  respect  to  which 
Incentive  Stock Options are exercisable  for the  first time  during any calendar  year (under the  2000 Plan and all other stock option 
plans of Data I/O) exceeds $100,000, such portion in excess of $100,000 shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option.  In the event 
the Participant holds two (2) or more such Options that become exercisable for the first time in the same calendar year, such limitation 
shall be applied on the basis of the order in which such Options were granted. 

8.2  10% Shareholders. 

If a Participant owns more than 10% of the total voting power of all classes of Data I/O's stock, then the exercise price per share 
of an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Grant Date and the 
Option term shall not exceed five (5) years.  The determination of 10% ownership shall be made in accordance with Section 422 of the 
Code. 

8.3  Eligible Employees. 

Individuals who are not employees of Data I/O or one of its parent corporations or subsidiary corporations may not be granted 
Incentive Stock Options.  For purposes of this Section 8.3, “parent corporation” and “subsidiary corporation” shall have the meanings 
attributed to those terms for purposes of Section 422 of the Code. 

8.4  Term. 

The term of an Incentive Stock Option shall not exceed ten (10) years. 

8.5  Exercisability. 

To qualify for Incentive Stock Option tax treatment, an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option must be exercised within 
three (3) months after termination of employment for reasons other than death, except that, in the case of termination of employment 
due to total Disability, such Option must be exercised within one (1) year after such termination.  Employment shall not be deemed to 
continue  beyond  the  first  90  days  of  a  leave  of  absence  unless  the  Participant's  reemployment  rights  are  guaranteed  by  statute  or 
contract. 

8.6  Taxation of Incentive Stock Options. 

In order to obtain certain tax benefits afforded to Incentive Stock Options under Section 422 of the Code, the Participant  must 
hold the shares issued upon the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option for two (2) years after the Grant Date of the Incentive Stock 
Option and one (1)  year from the date  the  shares are  transferred to the Participant.   A Participant  may be subject to the alternative 
minimum  tax  at  the  time  of  exercise  of  an  Incentive  Stock  Option.    The  Participant  shall  give  Data  I/O  prompt  notice  of  any 
disposition of shares acquired by the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option prior to the expiration of such holding periods. 

8.7  Promissory Notes. 

33 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  amount  of  any  promissory  note  delivered  pursuant  to  Section  12  in  connection  with  an  Incentive  Stock  Option  shall  bear 
interest at a rate specified by the Plan Administrator but in no case less than the rate required to avoid imputation of interest (taking 
into account any exceptions to the imputed interest rules) for federal income tax purposes. 

8.8  Incorporation of Other Provisions. 

With respect to Incentive Stock Options, if this  2000 Plan does not contain any provision required to be included herein under 
Section 422 of the Code, such provision shall be deemed to be incorporated herein with the same force and effect as if such provision 
had  been  set  out  in  full  herein;  provided,  however,  that  to  the  extent  any  Option  that  is  intended  to  qualify  as  an  Incentive  Stock 
Option cannot so qualify, the Option, to that extent, shall be deemed to be a Nonqualified Stock Option for all purposes of this 2000 
Plan. 

9.  STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS 

9.1  Grant of Stock Appreciation Rights. 

The Plan Administrator may grant a Stock Appreciation Right separately or in tandem with a related Option. 

9.2  Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights. 

A Stock Appreciation Right granted in tandem with a related Option will give the Holder the right to surrender to Data I/O all or a 
portion of the related Option and to receive an appreciation distribution (in shares of Common Stock or cash or any combination of 
shares and cash, as the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall determine at any time) in an amount equal to the excess of the 
Fair Market Value for the date the Stock Appreciation Right is exercised over the exercise price per share of the right, which shall be 
the same as the exercise price of the related Option. A tandem Stock Appreciation Right will have the same other terms and provisions 
as the related Option.  Upon and to the extent a tandem Stock Appreciation Right is exercised, the related Option will terminate. 

9.3  Stand-Alone Stock Appreciation Rights. 

A  Stock  Appreciation  Right  granted  separately  and  not  in  tandem  with  an  Option  will  give  the  Holder  the  right  to  receive  an 
appreciation  distribution  in  an  amount  equal  to  the  excess  of  the  Fair  Market  Value  for  the  date  the  Stock  Appreciation  Right  is 
exercised  over  the  exercise  price  per  share  of  the  right.    A  stand-alone  Stock  Appreciation  Right  will  have  such  terms  as  the  Plan 
Administrator may determine, except that the term of the right, if not otherwise established by the Plan Administrator, shall be ten (10) 
years from the Grant Date. 

9.4  Exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights. 

Unless  otherwise  provided  by  the  Plan  Administrator  in  the  instrument  that  evidences  the  Stock  Appreciation  Right,  the 
provisions of Section 7.6 relating to the termination of a Holder’s employment or services shall apply equally, to the extent applicable, 
to the Holder of a Stock Appreciation Right. 

10.  STOCK AWARDS 

10.1  Grant of Stock Awards. 

The  Plan  Administrator  is  authorized  to  make  Awards  of  Common  Stock  or  of  rights  to  receive  shares  of  Common  Stock  to 
Participants on such terms and conditions and subject to such restrictions, if any (which may be based on continuous service with Data 
I/O or the achievement of performance goals related to (i) sales, gross margin, operating profits or profits, (ii) growth in  sales, gross 
margin, operating profits or profits, (iii) return ratios related to sales, gross margin, operating profits or profits, (iv) cash flow, (v) asset 
management (including inventory management), or (vi) total shareholder return, where such goals may be stated in absolute terms or 
relative  to  comparison  companies),  as  the  Plan  Administrator  shall  determine,  in  its  sole  discretion,  which  terms,  conditions  and 
restrictions  shall  be  set  forth  in  the  instrument  evidencing  the  Award.    The  terms,  conditions  and  restrictions  that  the  Plan 
Administrator shall have the power to determine shall include, without limitation, the manner in which shares subject to Stock Awards 
are held during the periods they are subject to restrictions and the circumstances under which forfeiture of Restricted Stock shall occur 
by reason of termination of the Holder's services or upon the occurrence of other events. 

10.2  Issuance of Shares. 

34 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Upon  the  satisfaction  of  any  terms,  conditions  and  restrictions  prescribed  with  respect  to  a  Stock  Award,  or  upon  the  Holder's 
release from any terms, conditions and restrictions of a Stock Award, as determined by the Plan Administrator, Data I/O shall transfer, 
as soon as practicable, to the Holder or, in the case of the Holder's death, to the personal representative of the Holder's estate or as the 
appropriate court directs, the appropriate number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Award. 

10.3  Waiver of Restrictions. 

Notwithstanding any other provisions of the  2000 Plan, the Plan  Administrator  may, in its sole discretion,  waive  the forfeiture 
period and any other terms, conditions or restrictions on any Restricted Stock under such circumstances and subject to such terms and 
conditions as the Plan Administrator shall deem appropriate. 

11.    OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS 

The Plan Administrator may grant other Awards under the 2000 Plan pursuant to which shares of Common Stock (which may, but 
need not, be shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to Section 10) are or may in the future be acquired, or Awards denominated in stock 
units, including ones valued using measures other than market value.  Such Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted alone or in 
addition  to  or  in  tandem  with  any  Award  of  any  type  granted  under  the  2000  Plan  and  must  be  consistent  with  the  2000  Plan’s 
purpose. 

12.  LOANS, INSTALLMENT PAYMENTS AND LOAN GUARANTEES 

To assist a Holder (excluding a Holder who is an officer or director of Data I/O) in acquiring shares of Common Stock pursuant 
to an Award granted under the 2000 Plan, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may authorize, either at the Grant Date  or at 
any time before the acquisition of Common Stock pursuant to the Award, (a) the extension of a loan to the Holder by Data I/O, (b) the 
payment by the Holder of the purchase price, if any, of the Common Stock in installments, or (c) the guarantee by Data I/O of a loan 
obtained by the grantee from a third party.  The terms of any loans, installment payments or loan guarantees, including the interest rate 
and terms of and security for repayment, will be subject to the Plan Administrator's discretion; provided, however, that repayment of 
any Company loan to the Holder shall be secured by delivery of a full-recourse promissory note for the loan amount executed by the 
Holder, together with any other form of security determined by the Plan Administrator.  The maximum credit available is the purchase 
price, if any, of the Common Stock acquired, plus the maximum federal and state income and employment tax liability that may  be 
incurred in connection with the acquisition. 

13.  ASSIGNABILITY 

Except as otherwise specified or approved by the Plan Administrator at the time of grant of an Award or any time prior to its 
exercise, no Award granted under the 2000 Plan may be assigned, pledged or transferred by the Holder other than by will or by the 
laws  of  descent  and  distribution,  and  during  the  Holder's  lifetime,  such  Awards  may  be  exercised  only  by  the  Holder.  
Notwithstanding the foregoing, and to the extent permitted by Section 422 of the Code, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, 
may permit such assignment, transfer and exercise ability and may permit a Holder of such Awards to designate a beneficiary  who 
may exercise the Award or receive compensation under the Award after the Holder's death; provided, however, that (i) any Award so 
assigned or transferred shall be subject to all the same terms and conditions contained in the instrument evidencing the Award, (ii) the 
original Holder shall remain subject to withholding taxes upon exercise, (iii) any subsequent transfer of an Award shall be prohibited and 
(iv) the events of termination of employment or contractual relationship set forth in subsection 7.6 shall continue to apply with respect to 
the original transferor-Holder. 

14.  ADJUSTMENTS 

14.1  Adjustment of Shares. 

In the event that, at any time or from time to time, a stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares, 
recapitalization, merger, consolidation, distribution to shareholders other than a normal cash dividend, or other change in Data I/O's 
corporate or capital structure results in (a) the outstanding shares, or any securities exchanged therefor or received in their place, being 
exchanged  for  a  different  number  or  class  of  securities  of  Data  I/O  or  of  any  other  corporation  or  (b)  new,  different  or  additional 
securities of Data I/O or of any other corporation being received by the holders of shares of Common Stock of Data I/O, then the Plan 
Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall make such equitable adjustments as it shall deem appropriate in the circumstances in (i) the 
maximum number and class of securities subject to the  2000 Plan as set forth in Section 4.1, (ii) the maximum number and class of 
securities that may be made subject to Awards to any individual Participant as set forth in Section 4.2, and (iii) the number and class 

35 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
of securities that are subject to any outstanding Award and the per share price of such securities, without any change in the aggregate 
price to be paid therefor.  The determination by the Plan Administrator as to the terms of any of the foregoing adjustments shall be 
conclusive and binding. 

14.2  Dissolution, Liquidation or Change in Control Transactions. 

(a) 

In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of Data I/O, Data I/O shall notify each Holder at least fifteen 
(15) days prior to such proposed action.  To the extent not previously exercised, all Awards will terminate immediately prior to the 
consummation of such proposed action. 

(b)  Unless  the  applicable  agreement  representing  an  Award  provides  otherwise,  or  unless  the  Plan  Administrator 
determines otherwise in its sole and absolute discretion in connection with any Change in Control, a Qualifying Award which is not 
vested or is not exercisable in full shall become exercisable or vested in connection with a Change in Control which becomes effective 
before the Holder’s service to Data I/O terminates as follows:  

(i) 

If  the  Qualifying  Award  remains  outstanding  following  the  Change  in  Control,  is  assumed  by  the  surviving 
entity  or  its  parent,  or  the  surviving  entity  or  its  parent  substitutes  awards  with  substantially  the  same  terms  for  such  Qualifying 
Award,  the  vesting  and  exercisability  of  the  Qualifying  Award  shall  be  accelerated  to  the  extent  of  25%  of  the  Unvested  Portion 
thereof, and the remaining 75% of the Unvested Portion of such Qualifying Award shall vest in accordance with the vesting schedule 
set forth in the applicable Award agreement.   

(ii) 

If  the  Qualifying  Award  remains  outstanding  following  the  Change  in  Control,  is  assumed  by  the  surviving 
entity or its parent, or the surviving entity or its parent substitutes options with substantially the same terms for such Qualifying Award 
and if the Holder thereof is subject to an Involuntary Termination within 180 days following such Change in Control, then all Awards 
held by such Holder (or options issued in substitution thereof) shall become vested or exercisable in full, whether or not the vesting 
requirements set forth in the Award agreement have been satisfied, for a period of 90 days commencing on the effective date of such 
Holder’s Involuntary Termination, or if shorter, the remaining term of the Award. 

(iii)  If a Qualifying Award does not remain outstanding, and either such Qualifying Award is not assumed by the 
surviving entity or its parent, or the surviving entity or its parent does not substitute awards with substantially the same terms for such 
Qualifying Award, such Qualifying Award shall become vested or exercisable in full, whether or not the vesting requirements set forth 
in the Award agreement have been satisfied, for a period prior to the effective date of such Change in Control of a duration  specified 
by the Plan Administrator, and thereafter the Award shall terminate.   

(c)  Unless  the  applicable  agreement  representing  an  Award  provides  otherwise,  or  unless  the  Plan  Administrator 
determines otherwise in its sole and absolute discretion in connection with any Change in Control, the vesting of Qualifying Shares 
shall be accelerated, and Data I/O’s repurchase right with respect to such shares shall lapse, in connection with a Change in Control 
which becomes effective before such Holder’s service to Data I/O terminates as follows: 

(i) 

If Qualifying  Awards  were outstanding at the effective  time  of the Change  in  Control  and they are partially 
accelerated pursuant to Subsection (b)(i) above or if there were no Qualifying Awards outstanding at the effective time of the Change 
in  Control,  the  vesting  of  all  Qualifying  Shares  shall  be  accelerated  to  the  extent  of  25%  of  the  Unvested  Portion  thereof,  and  the 
remaining 75% of the Unvested Portion of such Qualifying Shares shall vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth in the 
applicable Award agreement.   

(ii) 

If  the  preceding  clause  (i)  applied  and  if  a  Holder  of  Qualifying  Shares  is  subject  to  an  Involuntary 
Termination within 180 days following the same Change in Control, then all Qualifying Shares held by such Holder (or shares issued 
in  substitution  thereof)  shall  become  vested  in  full,  whether  or  not  the  vesting  requirements  set  forth  in  the  applicable  Award 
agreement have been satisfied. 

(iii)  If Qualifying Awards were outstanding at the effective time of the Change in Control and they are accelerated 
in full pursuant to Subsection (b)(iii) above or otherwise, the vesting of all Qualifying Shares shall be accelerated in full, and Data 
I/O’s  repurchase  right  with  respect  to  all  such  shares  shall  lapse  in  full,  whether  or  not  the  vesting  requirements  set  forth  in  the 
applicable Award agreement have been satisfied.  

14.3  Further Adjustment of Awards. 

36 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Subject  to  the  preceding  Section  14.2,  the  Plan  Administrator  shall  have  the  discretion,  exercisable  at  any  time  before  a  sale, 
merger, consolidation, reorganization, dissolution, liquidation or Change in Control of Data I/O, as defined by the Plan Administrator, 
to take such further action as it determines to be necessary or advisable, and fair and equitable to Participants, with respect to Awards.  
Such  authorized  action  may  include  (but  shall  not  be  limited  to)  establishing,  amending  or  waiving  the  type,  terms,  conditions  or 
duration  of,  or  restrictions  on,  Awards  so  as  to  provide  for  earlier,  later,  extended  or  additional  time  for  exercise,  payment  or 
settlement or lifting restrictions, differing methods for calculating payments or settlements, alternate forms and amounts of payments 
and settlements and other modifications, and the Plan Administrator may take such actions with respect to all Participants, to certain 
categories of Participants or only to individual Participants.  The Plan Administrator may take such actions before or after  granting 
Awards  to  which  the  action  relates  and  before  or  after  any  public  announcement  with  respect  to  such  sale,  merger,  consolidation, 
reorganization, dissolution, liquidation or Change in Control that is the reason for such action.  Without limiting the generality of the 
foregoing,  if  Data  I/O  is  a  party  to  a  merger  or  consolidation,  outstanding  Awards  shall  be  subject  to  the  agreement  of  merger  or 
consolidation.  Such agreement, without the Holder’s consent, may provide for: 

(a) 

the continuation of such outstanding Award by Data I/O (if Data I/O is the surviving corporation); 

(b) 

the assumption of the 2000 Plan and some or all outstanding Awards by the surviving corporation or its parent; 

(c) 

the substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent of Awards with substantially the same terms for such 

outstanding Awards; or 

(d)  the cancellation of such outstanding Awards with or without payment of any consideration. 

14.4  Limitations. 

The  grant  of  Awards  will  in  no  way  affect  Data  I/O's  right  to  adjust,  reclassify,  reorganize  or  otherwise  change  its  capital  or 

business structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all or any part of its business or assets. 

14.5  Fractional Shares. 

In  the  event  of  any  adjustment  in  the  number  of  shares  covered  by  any  Award,  any  fractional  shares  resulting  from  such 

adjustment shall be disregarded and each such Award shall cover only the number of full shares resulting from such adjustment. 

15.  WITHHOLDING 

Data I/O  may require the Holder to pay to Data I/O in cash the amount of any  withholding taxes that Data I/O is required to 
withhold with respect to the grant, exercise, payment or settlement of any Award.  Data I/O shall have the right to withhold  from any 
Award or any shares of Common  Stock issuable pursuant  to an  Award or from any cash amounts otherwise due  or to become due 
from Data I/O to the Participant an amount equal to such taxes.  Data I/O may also deduct from any Award any other amounts due 
from the Participant to Data I/O or a Subsidiary. 

16.  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF 2000 PLAN 

16.1  Amendment of 2000 Plan. 

The  2000  Plan  may  be  amended  by  the  Board  in  such  respects  as  it  shall  deem  advisable  including,  without  limitation,  such 
modifications or amendments as are necessary to maintain compliance with applicable statutes, rules or regulations; however, to the extent 
required for compliance with Section 422 of the Code or any applicable law or regulation, shareholder approval will be required for 
any amendment that will increase the aggregate number of shares as to which Incentive Stock Options may be granted or change the 
class  of  persons  eligible  to  participate.    Amendments  made  to  the  2000  Plan  which  would  constitute  “modifications”  to  Incentive 
Stock Options outstanding on the date of such Amendments shall not be applicable to such outstanding Incentive Stock Options but 
shall  have  prospective  effect  only.    The  Board  may  condition  the  effectiveness  of  any  amendment  on  the  receipt  of  shareholder 
approval at such time and in such manner as the Board may consider necessary for Data I/O to comply with or to avail Data I/O, the 
Holders or both of the benefits of any securities, tax, market listing or other administrative or regulatory requirement which the Board 
determines  to  be  desirable.    Whenever  shareholder  approval  is  sought,  and  unless  required  otherwise  by  applicable  law  or  exchange 
requirements, the proposed action shall require the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the shares present, entitled to vote and voting 
on the matter without including abstentions or broker non-votes in the denominator. 

37 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16.2  Termination Of 2000 Plan. 

Data I/O's shareholders or the Board may suspend or terminate the  2000 Plan at any time.  The 2000 Plan will have no fixed 
expiration date; provided, however, that no Incentive Stock Options may be granted more than ten (10) years after the earlier of the 
2000 Plan's adoption by the Board or approval by the shareholders. 

17.  GENERAL 

17.1  Award Agreements. 

Awards  granted  under  the  2000  Plan  shall  be  evidenced  by  a  written  agreement  which  shall  contain  such  terms,  conditions, 

limitations and restrictions as the Plan Administrator shall deem advisable and which are not inconsistent with the 2000 Plan. 

17.2  Continued Employment or Services; Rights In Awards. 

None of the 2000 Plan, participation in the 2000 Plan as a Participant or any action of the Plan Administrator taken under the 
2000 Plan shall be construed as giving any Participant or employee of Data I/O any right to be retained in the employ of Data I/O or 
limit Data I/O's right to terminate the employment or services of the Participant. 

17.3  Registration; Certificates For Shares. 

Data I/O shall be under no obligation to any Participant to register for offering or resale or to qualify for exemption under the 
Securities Act, or to register or qualify under state securities laws, any shares of Common Stock, security or interest in a security paid 
or issued under, or created by, the 2000 Plan, or to continue in effect any such registrations or qualifications if made.  Data I/O may 
issue certificates for shares with such legends and subject to such restrictions on transfer and stop-transfer instructions as counsel for 
Data I/O deems necessary or desirable for compliance by Data I/O with federal and state securities laws. 

Inability  of  Data 

the  authority  deemed  by  
Data I/O's counsel to be necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder or the unavailability of an exemption from 
registration for the issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve Data I/O of any liability in respect of the non-issuance or 
sale of such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. 

regulatory  body  having 

jurisdiction, 

to  obtain, 

from  any 

I/O 

17.4  No Rights As A Shareholder. 

No Option, Stock Appreciation Right or Other Stock-Based Award shall entitle the Holder to any cash dividend, voting or other 
right of a shareholder unless and until the date of issuance under the 2000 Plan of the shares that are the subject of such Award, free of 
all applicable restrictions. 

17.5  Compliance With Laws And Regulations. 

In interpreting and applying the provisions of the  2000 Plan, any Option granted as an Incentive Stock Option pursuant to the 
2000 Plan shall, to the extent permitted by law, be construed as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the 
Code. 

17.6  No Trust Or Fund. 

The 2000 Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan. Nothing contained herein shall require Data I/O to segregate any 
monies or other property, or shares of Common Stock, or to create any trusts, or to make any special deposits for any immediate or 
deferred amounts payable to any Participant, and no Participant shall have any rights that are greater than those of a general unsecured 
creditor of Data I/O. 

17.7  Severability. 

If any provision of the 2000 Plan or any Award is determined to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to 
any  person,  or  would  disqualify  the  2000  Plan  or  any  Award  under  any  law  deemed  applicable  by  the  Plan  Administrator,  such 
provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or, if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended 
without, in the Plan Administrator’s determination, materially altering the intent of the 2000 Plan or the Award, such provision shall 

38 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
be stricken as to such jurisdiction, person or Award, and the remainder of the 2000 Plan and any such Award shall remain in full force 
and effect. 

18.  EFFECTIVE DATE 

The  2000  Plan's  effective  date  is  the  date  on  which  it  is  adopted  by  the  Board,  so  long  as  it  is  approved  by  Data  I/O's 

shareholders at any time within twelve (12) months of such adoption. 

The original 2000 Plan was adopted by the Board on February 28, 2000 and approved by Data I/O's shareholders in May 
2000.  The 2000 Plan was amended and approved by the Board and Data I/O's shareholders in: 2002 to add an additional 200,000 
shares, 2004, to add an additional 300,000 shares, 2006, to add an additional 300,000 shares, 2009, to add an additional 300,000 
shares, 2011, to add an additional 300,000 shares and 2012 to add an additional 300,000 shares of Common Stock to be reserved for 
issuance under the 2000 Plan.   The 2000 Plan was amended and approved by the Board on April 30, 2014 to clarify certain sections 
of the 2000 Plan and in 2017 to add an additional 250,000 shares of Common Stock to be reserved for issuance under the 2000 Plan.  

39 

Proxy 

 
 
 
 
 
Board of Directors 

Corporate Offices: 

Form 10-K 

Anthony Ambrose (2012) 
President/CEO 

Douglas W. Brown (2011)  
Executive Chairman 
All Star Directories, Inc. 
(Web Services Software) 

Brian T. Crowley (2012)  
President 
Symbio 
(R&D Software Engineering) 

Mark J. Gallenberger (2013) 
Sr. Vice President/CFO/COO 
Xcerra Corporation 
(Semiconductor Test Equipment) 

Alan B. Howe (2013) 
Managing Partner 
Broadband Initiatives, LLC 
(Corporate Advisory & Consulting) 

The calendar year in ( ) indicates when 
the individuals became directors of 
Data I/O. 

Corporate Officers 

Anthony Ambrose 
President/CEO 

Joel S. Hatlen 
Vice President 
Chief Financial Officer 
Secretary/Treasurer 

Rajeev Gulati 
Vice President  
Chief Technology Officer 

Data I/O Corporation 
6645 185th Ave NE 
Suite 100 
Redmond, WA  98052 

Sales and Service Offices: 

China 
Data I/O Electronics (Shanghai) Co. 
Ltd 
6F, Building 3, JuXin Park 
188 Ping Fu Road 
Shanghai, China PRC 200231 

Germany 
Data I/O GmbH 
Am Haag 10 
82166 Graefelfing 

To obtain a copy of the Company’s Annual 
Report on Form 10-K, filed with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission, go to our website at 
http://www.dataio.com/company/investorrelatio
ns/financialreports.aspx  
or contact Joel Hatlen, Vice President and Chief 
Financial Officer, 6645 185th Ave NE,  
Suite 100, Redmond, WA  98052. 

Shareholders Meeting: 

The 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders will 
be held on Tuesday, May 24, 2016 at 9:00 a.m. 
Pacific Time at the Company’s headquarters: 

Data I/O Corporation 
6645 185th Ave NE, Suite 100  
Redmond, Washington  98052 

Legal Counsel: 

Shareholder Information: 

Dorsey & Whitney LLP 
Columbia Center 
701 5th Ave #6100,  
Seattle, WA 98101 

Auditors: 

Grant Thornton LLP 
520 Pike Street 
Seattle, WA 98101-2310 

Investor Relations: 

Shareholders of Data I/O Corporation  
who would like information about  
the Company are invited to contact: 

Darrow Associates, Inc. 
Jordan Darrow 
(512) 551-9296 
jdarrow@darrowir.com  

Joel Hatlen 
Vice President & Chief Financial Officer 
6645 185th Ave NE, Suite 100, 
Redmond, WA 98052 
(425) 881-6444 
investorrelations@dataio.com.   

Shareholders needing information relating to 
their shareholdings in Data I/O should contact 
the Company’s Transfer Agent and Registrar at 
the mailing address, telephone number or Web 
address below.  

Transfer Agent and Registrar: 

Computershare 
P.O. Box 505000 
Louisville, KY 40233 
(888) 540-9882 

Overnight correspondence 
Computershare 
462 South 4th Street, Suite 1600 
Louisville, KY 40202 

Shareholder website: 
www.computershare.com/investor 

Shareholder online inquiries: 
https://www-
us.computershare.com/investor/Contact 

Exchange Listing: 

Stock Symbol: DAIO 
NASDAQ 

   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6645 185th Ave NE
Suite 100
Redmond, WA  98052

Programming Matters

Since  1972  Data  I/O  has  developed  innovative  solutions  to  enable  the  design  and  manufacture  of  electronic 
products for automotive, Internet-of-Things, medical, wireless, consumer electronics, industrial controls and other 
markets. Today, our customers use Data I/O security provisioning and programming solutions to reliably, securely, 
and cost-effectively bring innovative new products to life. These solutions are backed by a global network of Data 
I/O support and service professionals, assuring success for our customers.  

For more information, please visit www.dataio.com.